You are on page 1of 254

Honeywell Process Solutions

Experion LX
Control Builder Components
Reference

E;DOC-XX15-en-110A
R110
February 2014

Release 110
Honeywell
Notices and Trademarks

Copyright 2014 by Honeywell International Srl.


Release 110 February 2014

While this information is presented in good faith and believed to be accurate, Honeywell disclaims
the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose and makes no
express warranties except as may be stated in its written agreement with and for its customers.

In no event is Honeywell liable to anyone for any indirect, special or consequential damages. The
information and specifications in this document are subject to change without notice.

Honeywell, PlantScape, Experion LX, and TotalPlant are registered trademarks of Honeywell
International Inc.

Other brand or product names are trademarks of their respective owners.

Honeywell Process Solutions


1860 W. Rose Garden Lane
Phoenix, AZ 85027 USA
1-800 822-7673

ii Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
About This Document
This document provides a brief technical reference for function blocks configured through
Control Builder. It includes a list of configurable parameters associated with a given block.

Release Information
Document Name Document Release Publication
ID Number Date

Control Builder Components Reference - cbcr CVDOC- R110 February


XX15-en- 2014
110A

Document Category

Reference

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference iii


February 2014 Honeywell
Support and Other Contacts

Support and Other Contacts


Peoples Republic of China
Contact: Honeywell Global TAC China
Phone: +86- 21-2219-6888
800-820-0237
400-820-0386
Mail: Honeywell (China) Co., Ltd
33/F, Tower A, City Center, 100 Zunyi Rd.
Shanghai 200051, Peoples Republic of China
Email: Global-TAC-China@honeywell.com

iv Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
Symbol Definitions

Symbol Definitions
The following table lists those symbols used in this document to denote certain conditions.

Symbol Definition

ATTENTION: Identifies information that requires special


consideration.

TIP: Identifies advice or hints for the user, often in terms of


performing a task.

REFERENCE -EXTERNAL: Identifies an additional source of


information outside of the bookset.

REFERENCE - INTERNAL: Identifies an additional source of


information within the bookset.

CAUTION Indicates a situation which, if not avoided, may result in equipment


or work (data) on the system being damaged or lost, or may result in
the inability to properly operate the process.

CAUTION: Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not


avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury. It may also be used
to alert against unsafe practices.

CAUTION symbol on the equipment refers the user to the product


manual for additional information. The symbol appears next to
required information in the manual.

WARNING: Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, which, if not


avoided, could result in serious injury or death.

WARNING symbol on the equipment refers the user to the product


manual for additional information. The symbol appears next to
required information in the manual.

WARNING, Risk of electrical shock: Potential shock hazard where


HAZARDOUS LIVE voltages greater than 30 Vrms, 42.4 Vpeak, or
60 VDC may be accessible.

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference v


February 2014 Honeywell
Symbol Definitions

Symbol Definition

ESD HAZARD: Danger of an electro-static discharge to which


equipment may be sensitive. Observe precautions for handling
electrostatic sensitive devices.

Protective Earth (PE) terminal: Provided for connection of the


protective earth (green or green/yellow) supply system conductor.

Functional earth terminal: Used for non-safety purposes such as


noise immunity improvement. NOTE: This connection shall be
bonded to Protective Earth at the source of supply in accordance
with national local electrical code requirements.

Earth Ground: Functional earth connection. NOTE: This


connection shall be bonded to Protective Earth at the source of
supply in accordance with national and local electrical code
requirements.

Chassis Ground: Identifies a connection to the chassis or frame of


the equipment shall be bonded to Protective Earth at the source of
supply in accordance with national and local electrical code
requirements.

vi Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
Contents

1. CONTROL BUILDER COMPONENTS..........................................15


1.1 Component Categories and Types ............................................................. 15
Introduction...............................................................................................................15
Hardware relation category.......................................................................................15
Physical equipment block types ................................................................................17
Functional relation category......................................................................................18
Functional block types ..............................................................................................20
1.2 Component Libraries ................................................................................... 22
Auxiliary (AUXILIARY) Library ..................................................................................22
Device Control (DEVCTL) Library.............................................................................22
Data Acquisition (DATAACQ) Library .......................................................................22
Logic (LOGIC) Library ..............................................................................................22
Math (MATH) Library ................................................................................................24
Peer Control Data Interface (PCDI) ..........................................................................24
Power Generation (POWERGEN) library .................................................................24
Series 8 Input/Output Library ....................................................................................25
Regulatory Control (REGCTL) library .......................................................................26
Sequential Control Module (SCM) library .................................................................27
System (SYSTEM) Library .......................................................................................27
Utility (UTILITY) Library ............................................................................................27

2. REFERENCE DATA FOR PHYSICAL EQUIPMENT BLOCK TYPES


.......................................................................................................29
2.1 Overview ....................................................................................................... 29
2.2 Controller block ............................................................................................ 29
C300 Block ...............................................................................................................29
2.3 Control Execution Environment Block ...................................................... 33
CEEC300 Block ........................................................................................................33
2.4 Input/Output Link Block .............................................................................. 37
IOLINK Block (C300 Controller) ...............................................................................37

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference vii


February 2014 Honeywell
Contents

2.5 Series 8 Input/Output (Series 8 I/O) Blocks ............................................... 39


AICHANNEL (Series 8) ............................................................................................ 39
AOCHANNEL (Series 8) .......................................................................................... 40
DICHANNEL (Series 8) ............................................................................................ 41
DOCHANNEL (Series 8) .......................................................................................... 42
AI-HART ................................................................................................................... 43
AI-LLMUX................................................................................................................. 44
AO-HART ................................................................................................................. 44
DI-24 ........................................................................................................................ 45
DO-24B .................................................................................................................... 46
DI-SOE ..................................................................................................................... 46
PA ............................................................................................................................ 47
2.6 Peer Control Data Interface (PCDI) Blocks ................................................ 47
PCDI_MASTER (Peer Control Data Interface Master device) Block ........................ 47
PCDIFLAGARRCH (Peer Control Data Interface Flag Array Channel) Block .......... 50
PCDINUMARRCH (Peer Control Data Interface Numeric Array Channel) Block ..... 51
PCDITEXTARRCH (Peer Control Data Interface Text Array Channel) Block .......... 53

3. REFERENCE DATA FOR FUNCTIONAL BLOCK TYPES........... 57


3.1 Overview ........................................................................................................ 57
3.2 Auxiliary Blocks ............................................................................................ 57
AUXCALC (Auxiliary Calculation) block ................................................................... 57
AUXSUMMER (Auxiliary Summer) block ................................................................. 62
CTUD (Counter Up/Down) Block .............................................................................. 63
DEADTIME block ..................................................................................................... 65
ENHAUXCALC (Enhanced Auxiliary Calculation) block ........................................... 66
ENHGENLIN (Enhanced General Linearization) block............................................. 70
FLOWCOMP (Flow Compensation) block ................................................................ 71
GENLIN (General Linearization) block ..................................................................... 72
LEADLAG (Lead Lag) block ..................................................................................... 74
ROC (Rate of Change) ............................................................................................. 75
SIGNALSEL (Signal Selector) .................................................................................. 76
TOTALIZER block .................................................................................................... 83
3.3 Device Control Block.................................................................................... 85
DEVCTL (Device Control) block ............................................................................... 85

viii Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
Contents

3.4 Data Acquisition Block ................................................................................ 87


DATAACQ (Data Acquisition) block..........................................................................87
3.5 Logic Blocks ................................................................................................. 90
AND block ................................................................................................................90
CHECKBAD block ....................................................................................................91
CHECKBOOL block..................................................................................................91
CHGEXEC (Change Execution) block ......................................................................92
CONTACTMON (Contact Monitoring) block .............................................................93
DELAY block ............................................................................................................94
EQ (Equal) block ......................................................................................................95
FTRIG (Falling-edge Trigger) block ..........................................................................96
GE (Greater than or Equal to) block .........................................................................96
GT (Greater Than) block ..........................................................................................97
LE (Less than or Equal to) block ..............................................................................98
LIMIT block ...............................................................................................................99
LT (Less Than) block ..............................................................................................100
MAX block ..............................................................................................................101
MAXPULSE block...................................................................................................101
MIN block ...............................................................................................................102
MINPULSE block ....................................................................................................102
MUX (Multiplexer) block .........................................................................................103
MUXREAL (Real Multiplexer) block ........................................................................103
MVOTE (Majority Voting) block ..............................................................................104
NAND block ............................................................................................................105
NE (Not Equal) block ..............................................................................................105
nOON (n out of N voting) block ..............................................................................106
NOR block ..............................................................................................................107
NOT block ..............................................................................................................108
OFFDELAY block ...................................................................................................109
ONDELAY block .....................................................................................................109
OR block.................................................................................................................110
PULSE block ..........................................................................................................111
QOR (Qualified OR) block ......................................................................................111
ROL (Rotate Output Left) block ..............................................................................112
ROR (Rotate Output Right) block ...........................................................................112
RS (Reset dominant SR-FLIP-FLOP) block ...........................................................113
RTRIG (Rising edge Trigger) block ........................................................................114

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference ix


February 2014 Honeywell
Contents

SEL (Binary Selection) block .................................................................................. 114


SELREAL (Real Selection) block ........................................................................... 115
SHL (Shift Output Left) block.................................................................................. 115
SHR (Shift Output Right) block............................................................................... 116
SR (Set dominant SR-FLIP-FLOP) block ............................................................... 116
STARTSIGNAL block ............................................................................................. 117
TRIG (Rising or Falling edge Trigger) block ........................................................... 118
WATCHDOG block ................................................................................................ 118
XOR block .............................................................................................................. 119
2OO3 (2 out of 3 voting) block ............................................................................... 119
3.6 Math Blocks................................................................................................. 120
ABS block .............................................................................................................. 120
ADD block .............................................................................................................. 121
DIV block ................................................................................................................ 121
EXP block............................................................................................................... 122
LN block ................................................................................................................. 123
LOG block .............................................................................................................. 123
MOD block ............................................................................................................. 124
MUL block .............................................................................................................. 125
NEG block .............................................................................................................. 125
POW block ............................................................................................................. 126
ROUND block......................................................................................................... 127
SQRT block ............................................................................................................ 127
SUB block .............................................................................................................. 128
TRUNC block ......................................................................................................... 129
ROLLAVG block ..................................................................................................... 129
3.7 Power Generation Blocks .......................................................................... 131
GRPCAPRBK (Group Capability and Runback ) block .......................................... 131
HTMOTOR (HT Motor Drive Control) block ........................................................... 133
LEVELCOMP (Drum Level Computation) block ..................................................... 136
LTMOTOR (LT Motor Drive Control) block ............................................................. 137
MAINIBV (Main IBV Logic) block............................................................................ 139
SOLENOID (Solenoid Valve Drive Control) block .................................................. 141
VALVEDAMPER (Valve/Damper Drive Control) block ........................................... 143
3.8 Regulatory Control Blocks ........................................................................ 146
AUTOMAN (Auto Manual) block ............................................................................ 146
ENHREGCALC (Enhanced Regulatory Control Calculator) block .......................... 149
x Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110
Honeywell February 2014
Contents

FANOUT block .......................................................................................................156


OVRDSEL(Override Selector) block .......................................................................159
PID block ................................................................................................................163
PIDER block ...........................................................................................................168
PID-PL block ..........................................................................................................174
PIDFF (PID Feedforward) block .............................................................................179
POSPROP (Position Proportional) block ................................................................185
PULSECOUNT block..............................................................................................190
PULSELENGTH block ............................................................................................192
RAMPSOAK block ..................................................................................................194
RATIOBIAS block ...................................................................................................198
RATIOCTL block ....................................................................................................203
REGCALC (Regulatory Control Calculator) block ...................................................208
REGSUMMER (Regulatory Control Summer) ........................................................214
REMCAS block .......................................................................................................219
SWITCH block ........................................................................................................223
3.9 Sequential Control Module Blocks ........................................................... 229
HANDLER Block ....................................................................................................229
STEP Block ............................................................................................................230
SYNC Block............................................................................................................231
TRANSITION Block ................................................................................................232
3.10 System Blocks ............................................................................................ 234
CONTROL MODULE block (Continuous Control) ..................................................234
SEQUENTIAL CONTROL MODULE block (Sequential Control) ............................235
3.11 Utility Blocks ............................................................................................... 237
ALMWINDOW (Alarm Window - Alarm Annunciator) block ....................................237
ANNPANEL (Annunciator Panel - Alarm Annunciator) block ..................................238
DIGACQ (Digital Acquisition) block ........................................................................239
EXECTIMER ..........................................................................................................241
FIRSTOUT (First Out Detection) block ...................................................................242
FLAG block.............................................................................................................244
FLAGARRAY block ................................................................................................245
MESSAGE block ....................................................................................................245
NUMERIC block .....................................................................................................247
NUMERICARRAY block .........................................................................................248
PUSH block ............................................................................................................248

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference xi


February 2014 Honeywell
Contents

TEXTARRAY block ................................................................................................ 250


TIMER block .......................................................................................................... 250
TYPECONVERT block ........................................................................................... 251

xii Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
Contents

Tables
Table 1 Physical equipment block types. ..................................................................... 18
Table 2 Functional block types ..................................................................................... 20
Table 3 Expression Operators and Functions Reference ............................................ 60

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference xiii


February 2014 Honeywell
Contents

Figures
Figure 1 Physical equipment reference for corresponding hardware component in a
typical non-redundant system architecture. ............................................................ 16
Figure 2 Physical equipment reference for corresponding hardware component in a
typical redundant system architecture. ................................................................... 17
Figure 3 Typical view of control module configuration in a Control Builder. ................. 19

xiv Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
1. Control Builder Components
1.1 Component Categories and Types
Introduction
We divide the Control Builder components into these two major categories:
Hardware relation category
Functional relation category

Hardware relation category


The hardware relation category includes the physical equipment block types provided in
the Control Builder. These block types allow you to quickly integrate the related control
hardware into your control strategy. Figure 1 shows the physical equipment that relates to
the corresponding hardware relations covered in this document for a typical non-
redundant system. Figure 2 shows the physical equipment that relates to the
corresponding hardware relations for a typical redundant system.

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 15


February 2014 Honeywell
1. Control Builder Components
1.1. Component Categories and Types

Figure 1 Physical equipment reference for corresponding hardware


component in a typical non-redundant system architecture.

16 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
1. Control Builder Components
1.1. Component Categories and Types

Figure 2 Physical equipment reference for corresponding hardware


component in a typical redundant system architecture.

Physical equipment block types


Table 1 identifies the physical equipment block types provided to represent
corresponding major control hardware components. The Control Execution Environment

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 17


February 2014 Honeywell
1. Control Builder Components
1.1. Component Categories and Types

(CEE) block is included as one of these block types because of its relationship with the
Control Processor, although it is a functional type more than a physical one.

Table 1 Physical equipment block types.

Physical Equipment Blocks

Type Description

Controller block Defines name/location and Control


Execution Environment (CEE)
assignment for Primary and Secondary
CPMs in connected C300 Controllers.

This CPM is redundancy compliant.

Control Execution Environment Block Supports block execution and


communications in the given CPM.

Input/Output Link Block Supports interface communications in


I/O Link Interface.

Provides links for Series 8 I/O channels


to interface Series 8 I/O modules with
Series 8 Input/Output (Series 8 I/O) Blocks C300.

Peer Control Data Interface (PCDI) Blocks Provides links to Honeywell's Safety
Manager. It also provides links to
Modbus TCP native devices and serial
RTU devices through a Modbus TCP
gateway/bridge.

Functional relation category


Control Builder application includes comprehensive libraries of function blocks that
streamline the control strategy configuration process. To emulate the necessary
functional requirements of your process simply "drag and drop" the selected blocks into a
Control Module and/or Sequential Control Module container.
For more information about configuring a control strategy, refer to the Control Building
Guide.

The functional relation category conveniently groups function blocks according to a


related functional block type or component library. The component libraries provide a
convenient way to group related function blocks for easy access and reference.

18 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
1. Control Builder Components
1.1. Component Categories and Types

Figure 3 shows the general graphic orientation and Windows look-and-feel of the
Control Builder application for reference.

Figure 3 Typical view of control module configuration in a Control Builder.

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 19


February 2014 Honeywell
1. Control Builder Components
1.1. Component Categories and Types

Functional block types


Table 2 identifies the functional block types used to represent a group of corresponding
function blocks provided in the Control Builder. These block types are used to simplify
information retrieval for a given function block, and do not necessarily correspond to an
actual Control Builder function.

Table 2 Functional block types

Functional Block

Type Description

Auxiliary Blocks Includes block types for performing auxiliary


control functions, such as calculation, general
linearization and totalization.

Data Acquisition Block Provides signal conditioning for a process input


value from another function block.

Device Control Block Provides a multi-input/multi-output function that


provides an interface to discrete devices such as
motors, pumps, solenoid valves, and motor-
operated valves.

Logic Blocks Provides a set of Boolean, selection and


comparison functions to be used as a basis for
integrated logic control.

Math Blocks Provides a set of math functions to be used for


basic calculations.

Power Generation Blocks Includes block types for building control strategies
that support power generation applications.

Regulatory Control Blocks Includes block types for building internal control
loops.

Sequential Control Module Blocks Includes block types for building a sequential
control function.

20 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
1. Control Builder Components
1.1. Component Categories and Types

Functional Block

System Blocks Control Module (CM) is a Control Builder


"container" that uses predefined continuous
(discrete) control function blocks to define a given
process control strategy.

Sequential Control Module (SCM) is a Control


Builder "container" that uses predefined sequential
control function blocks to define the sequential
operation for a given process control strategy.

Recipe Control Module is a Control Builder


container composed of one or more Handlers.
Each RCM Handler can contain phase, transition,
step, and/or synchronization blocks.

Unit Control Module is a Control Builder


container that represents a piece of or logical
grouping of physical equipment. An UCM can also
be used as auxiliary resource.

Utility Blocks Includes block types for performing utility control


functions, such as status flag, numeric storage
and timer capabilities. Blocks have been added for
message, data array, and parameter type convert
support.

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 21


February 2014 Honeywell
1. Control Builder Components
1.2. Component Libraries

1.2 Component Libraries


Auxiliary (AUXILIARY) Library
The Auxiliary Library includes the function blocks listed below. Detailed descriptions
are given in the subsequent functional entity block type headings in the following section
titled Reference Data for Functional Block Types.

AUXCALC (Auxiliary AUXSUMMER CTUD (Counter


Calculation) block (Auxiliary Summer) Up/Down) Block
block

DEADTIME block ENHAUXCALC


(Enhanced Auxiliary
Calculation) block FLOWCOMP (Flow
Compensation) block

GENLIN (General LEADLAG (Lead Lag) ROC (Rate of Change)


Linearization) block block block

SIGNALSEL (Signal TOTALIZER block ENHGENLIN


Selector) (Enhanced General
Linearization) block

Device Control (DEVCTL) Library


The Device Control Library includes the DEVCTL (Device Control) block. A detailed
description is given in the subsequent functional entity block type headings in the
following section titled Reference Data for Functional Block Types.

Data Acquisition (DATAACQ) Library


The Data Acquisition Library includes the DATAACQ (Data Acquisition) block. A
detailed description is given in the subsequent functional entity block type headings in
the following section titled Reference Data for Functional Block Types.

Logic (LOGIC) Library


The Logic Library includes the function blocks listed below. Detailed descriptions are
given in the subsequent functional entity block type headings in the following section
titled Reference Data for Functional Block Types.

AND block MIN block ROL (Rotate Output


Left) block

22 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
1. Control Builder Components
1.2. Component Libraries

CHECKBAD block MINPULSE block ROR (Rotate Output


Right) block

CHECKBOOL block MUX (Multiplexer) RS (Reset dominant


block SR-FLIP-FLOP) block

CHGEXEC (Change MUXREAL (Real RTRIG (Rising edge


Execution) block Multiplexer) block Trigger) block

CONTACTMON MVOTE (Majority SEL (Binary Selection)


(Contact Monitoring) Voting) block block
block

DELAY block NAND block SELREAL (Real


Selection) block

EQ (Equal) block NE (Not Equal) block SHL (Shift Output Left)


block

FTRIG (Falling-edge nOON (n out of N SHR (Shift Output


Trigger) block voting) block Right) block

GE (Greater than or NOR block SR (Set dominant SR-


Equal to) block FLIP-FLOP) block

GT (Greater Than) NOT block STARTSIGNAL block


block

LE (Less than or Equal OFFDELAY block TRIG (Rising or Falling


to) block edge Trigger) block

LIMIT block ONDELAY block WATCHDOG block

LT (Less Than) block OR block XOR block

MAX block PULSE block 2OO3 (2 out of 3


voting) block

MAXPULSE block QOR (Qualified OR)


block

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 23


February 2014 Honeywell
1. Control Builder Components
1.2. Component Libraries

Math (MATH) Library


The Math Library includes the function blocks listed below. Detailed descriptions are
given in the subsequent functional entity block type headings in the following section
titled Reference Data for Functional Block Types.

ABS block LOG block ROUND block

ADD block MOD block SQRT block

DIV block MUL block SUB block

EXP block NEG block TRUNC block

LN block POW block ROLLAVG block

Peer Control Data Interface (PCDI)


The Peer Control Data Interface Library includes the PCDI device and Array Request
Channel function blocks listed below. Detailed descriptions are provided in the following
section titled Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types.

PCDI_MASTER (Peer Control Data PCDINUMARRCH (Peer Control Data


Interface Master device) Block Interface Numeric Array Channel)
Block

PCDIFLAGARRCH (Peer Control Data PCDITEXTARRCH (Peer Control Data


Interface Flag Array Channel) Block Interface Text Array Channel) Block

Power Generation (POWERGEN) library


The Power Generation Library includes the function blocks listed below. Detailed
descriptions are given in the subsequent functional entity block type headings in the
following section titled Reference Data for Functional Block Types.

GRPCAPRBK (Group Capability and MAINIBV (Main IBV Logic) block


Runback ) block

HTMOTOR (HT Motor Drive Control) SOLENOID (Solenoid Valve Drive


block Control) block

LEVELCOMP (Drum Level VALVEDAMPER (Valve/Damper


Computation) block Drive Control) block

LTMOTOR (LT Motor Drive Control)

24 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
1. Control Builder Components
1.2. Component Libraries

block

Series 8 Input/Output Library


The Series 8 Input/Output Module (Series 8 I/O) Library includes the Series 8
Input/Output Module (IOM) function blocks. Blocks are identified by block name and by
Honeywell model number. The models with a CU prefix are not conformally coated and
those with a 8C prefix are conformally coated. Detailed descriptions are presented in the
following section titled Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types.

IOM and Related Channel Number Type


Function Blocks of
Channels

AICHANNEL (Series 8) n/a The AI channel block represents a single


analog input point on one of the following
Series 8 Processors: AI-HART; AI-LLMUX

AOCHANNEL (Series 8) n/a The AO channel block represents a single


analog input point on the Series 8 AO-
HART Processor

DICHANNEL (Series 8) n/a The DI channel block represents a single


discrete input point on a Series 8 DI-24
Processor.

DOCHANNEL (Series 8) n/a The DO channel block represents a single


discrete input point on a Series 8 DO-24B
I/O Processor

AI-HART 16 High Level Analog Input , HART Capable


8U-PAIH51
8C-PAIH51

AI-HL 16 High Level Analog Input


8U-PAIN01
8C-PAIN01

AI-LLMUX 64 Low Level Analog Input Mux


8U-PAIM01
8C-PAIM01

AO 16 Analog Output
8U-PAON01
8C-PAON01

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 25


February 2014 Honeywell
1. Control Builder Components
1.2. Component Libraries

IOM and Related Channel Number Type


Function Blocks of
Channels

AO-HART 16 Analog Output, HART Capable


8U-PAOH51
8C-PAOH51

DI-24 32 Low Voltage (24DC) Digital Input


8U-PDIL51
8C-PDIL51

DI-SOE 32 Digital Input Sequence of Events


8U-PDIS01
8C-PDIL51

DO-24B 32 Bussed Low Voltage Digital Output


8U-PDOD51
8C-PDOD51

PA 32 Low Voltage Pulse Accumulation Module


8U- PDIP51 (24volts DC)
8C- PDIP51

Regulatory Control (REGCTL) library


The Regulatory Control Library includes the function blocks listed below. Detailed
descriptions are given in the subsequent functional entity block type headings in the
following section titled Reference Data for Functional Block Types.

AUTOMAN (Auto ENHREGCALC FANOUT block


Manual) block (Enhanced Regulatory
Control Calculator)
block

PIDER block OVRDSEL(Override PID block


Selector) block

POSPROP (Position PID-PL block PIDFF (PID


Proportional) block Feedforward) block

RAMPSOAK block PULSECOUNT block PULSELENGTH block

RATIOBIAS block RATIOCTL block REGSUMMER


(Regulatory Control
Summer)

26 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
1. Control Builder Components
1.2. Component Libraries

REMCAS block REGCALC (Regulatory SWITCH block


Control Calculator)
block

Sequential Control Module (SCM) library


The Sequential Control Module Library includes the function blocks listed below.
Detailed descriptions are given in the subsequent functional entity block type headings in
the following section titled Reference Data for Functional Block Types.

HANDLER Block STEP Block TRANSITION Block

System (SYSTEM) Library


The System Library includes the function blocks listed below. Detailed descriptions are
given in the subsequent functional entity block type headings in the following section
titled Reference Data for Functional Block Types.

CONTROL MODULE block SEQUENTIAL CONTROL MODULE


(Continuous Control) block (Sequential Control)

Utility (UTILITY) Library


The Utility Library includes the function blocks listed below. Detailed descriptions are
given in the subsequent functional entity block type headings in the following section
titled Reference Data for Functional Block Types.

ALMWINDOW (Alarm ANNPANEL DIGACQ (Digital


Window - Alarm (Annunciator Panel - Acquisition) block
Annunciator) block Alarm Annunciator)
block

FIRSTOUT (First Out FLAG block FLAGARRAY block


Detection) block

MESSAGE block NUMERIC block NUMERICARRAY


block

PUSH block TEXTARRAY block TIMER block

TYPECONVERT block

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 27


February 2014 Honeywell
1. Control Builder Components
1.2. Component Libraries

28 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
2. Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block
Types
2.1 Overview
This section provides detailed reference data for each physical equipment block type that
is part of the hardware relation category for the Control Builder. The reference data is
organized by the major block type and then alphabetically within the IOM function block
by the given module's model number and input or output type.
The reference data for each block covers these topics as applicable:
description
function
inputs and input ranges
outputs and output ranges
parameters

2.2 Controller block


C300 Block
Description Identifies the primary and secondary C300 Controllers and associated
CEE to implement the control strategy built in the Control Builder
application. This block's parameters characterize the redundant C300
as a whole.

This block always runs at an execution period of 2 seconds. It is


redundancy compliant.

Function Supports C300 Controller Redundant Partner hardware configurations.

Publishes parameters describing the status and configuration of the


C300.

Processes the computation of statistical parameters and notification


reporting.

Serves as a faceplate for any parameters whose scope corresponds to


that of the entire C300.

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 29


February 2014 Honeywell
2. Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types
2.2. Controller block

Secondary waits to take control if the "Primary" fails.

The address of the Secondary controller equals the address of the


Primary plus one.

Inputs Integrated Control Protocol (ICP) communications

Outputs See above.

Parameters ALMENBSTATE MAXNODEID


ALTSYNCCMD MINUTE
AUXDESC MODIFIEDBY
BACKUPRAMSCRUBERRS MODISREDUN
BACKUPRAMSWEEPERR MONTHNAME
BADIPCSUM NONFTEMARTADDRCOUNT
BADUDPCSUM NONFTEMARTAVGDEPTH
BATTERYNOTOK NONFTEMARTCOLLCOUNT
BECMPRICMD NONFTEMARTMAXDEPTH
BLCKCOMMENT1 NUMCPMINCON
BLCKCOMMENT2 NUMCPMOUTCON
BLCKCOMMENT3 NUMFTENODES
BLCKCOMMENT4 NUMIOLMINCON
BOOTIMAGEVER NUMIOLMOUTCN
CONTCUTOUT NUMSIGS
C300COMMAND NUMSIOLMINCN
C300MODTYPE NUMSIOLMOUCN
C300STATE NUMC3INCON
CMAXTEMP NUMC3OUTCON
CMINTEMP NUMEFIMINCON
CPUFREEAVG NUMEFIMOUTCON
CPUFREEMIN PRIMARYSIG
CPUFREERESET QUALSTATE
CREATEDBY RAMSCRUBERRS
CTEMP RAMSWEEPERR
CTRLCONFIRM RDNAUTOSYNC
CURDEVICEIDX RDNCAPABILTY
CURTIME RDNCMPT
DATECREATED RDNDELAYAVG
DAY RDNDELAYMAX
DAYLIGHTTIME RDNHISTREASON
DEBUGFLOAT RDNHISTSTATE
DEBUGINT RDNLOS
DESC RDNROLESTATE
DEVFLAG RDNSYNCPROG
DEVICEIDX RDNSYNCSTATE
DIRECTSYNC RDNXFERAVG
DSBLSYNCCMD RDNXFERMAX

30 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
2. Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types
2.2. Controller block

ENBLSTBYCMD REASONSET
ENBLSYNCCMD SCANAREA
ESIG SCANASSOCDSP
FTEMARTADDRCOUNT SCANCTRLLVL
FTEMARTAVGDEPTH SCANEUHI
FTEMARTCOLLCOUNT SCANEULO
FTEMARTMAXDEPTH SCANGRPDTL
FWREVISION SCANPNTDTL
GOBACKREL SCRIPTOR
GROUP SECMODNAME
GROUP SECNAME
GROUP.NUMPARAMS SECNAMESTRG
GROUP.PARAM SECOND
GROUP.POSITION SECONDARYSIG
HIST SECTMPNAME
HIST.EXTD SERIALNUM
HIST.FAST SIMDEVICEIDX
HIST.GATEPARAM SIMENABLE
HIST.GATESTRING SIMIPADDRESS
HIST.GATEVALUE STATSRESET
HIST.NUMPARAMS SWITCHCMD
HIST.PARAM SYNCTIMEBEG
HIST.STD SYNCTIMEEND
HOUR TASKSTACKHILM
HWREVMJ TASKSTACKSIZE
HWREVMN TASKSTACKUSED
ICMPINDESTUNREACHS TCPACTIVEOPENS
ICMPINECHOREPS TCPATTEMPTFAILS
ICMPINECHOS TCPCURRESTAB
ICMPINERRORS TCPESTABRESETS
ICMPINMSGS TCPINERRS
ICMPOUTDESTUNREACHS TCPINSEGS
ICMPOUTECHOREPS TCPOUTRESETS
ICMPOUTECHOS TCPOUTSEGS
ICMPOUTERRORS TCPPASSIVEOPENS
ICMPOUTMSGS TCPRETRANSSEGS
ICONSTATE TIMELASTSKEW
IMAGEVER TIMELASTSYNC
INALM TIMESOURCE
INDRCTSYNC TIMESYNCSTAT
INDSYNCCMD TIMEZONE
INITCOMPLETE TMBTCPAVGXMITMSGPS
INTERLANFAILED TMBTCPMAXXMITMSGPS
IPADDRESS TMBTCPAVGRCVMSGPS
IPFRAGCREATES TMBTCPMAXRCVMSGPS
IPFRAGFAILS TREND
IPFRAGOKS TREND.NUMBER

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 31


February 2014 Honeywell
2. Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types
2.2. Controller block

IPINADDRERRORS TREND.NUMPARAMS
IPINDELIVERS TREND.PARAM
IPINDISCARDS TREND.POSITION
IPINHDRERRORS UDPINDGRAMS
IPINRECEIVES UDPINERRORS
IPINUNKNOWNPORTS UDPLISTENERS
IPOUTDISCARDS UDPNOPORTS
IPOUTNOROUTES UDPOUTDGRAMS
IPOUTREQUESTS VERSION
IPREASSEMFAILS VERSIONDATE
IPREASSEMOKS VERSIONNUM
IPREASSEMREQS WDTMAXREFRESH
IPROUTINGDISCARDS WDTMINREFRESH
JOURNALONLY WEEKDAY
LANAFAILED WEEKDAYFMT
LANBFAILED YEAR
LASTOPMNAME YEARFMT
MACADDRA XOVERFAILED
MACADDRB
MACADDRR
MAXFTENODES

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of each
parameter.

32 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
2. Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types
2.3. Control Execution Environment Block

2.3 Control Execution Environment Block


CEEC300 Block
Description Provides control functionality for associated C300 block. This block's
parameters characterize the CEE within the C300 controller. In the
future, multiple CEEs may be assigned to a single C300.

Execution periods for control modules executing in this CEE block may
be 50 mSec, 100 mSec, 200 mSec, 500 mSec, 1 sec, or 2 sec.

The execution cycle for CEEC300 block is 50ms.

Function Publishes parameters describing the status and configuration of the


CEE.

Processes the computation of statistical parameters and notification


reporting.

Runs on the C300 hardware platform. Later on, CEE will run on other
platforms as well.

Serves as a faceplate for any parameters whose scope corresponds to


that of the CEE rather than the C300 as a whole.

Supports configurable subscription rate for peer-to-peer


communications.

Supports peer-to-peer communications among CEEs assigned to


controllers located in the same management domain.

Supports configurable subscription rate and stores response time for


specific peer environment.

Sequential Control Module function blocks are supported.

Inputs Integrated Control Protocol (ICP) communications

Outputs See above.

Parameters ALMENBSTATE NUMBLKTYPES


AUXDESC NUMCCLRQU
BASEPERIOD NUMCYCLE
BLCKCOMMENT1 NUMEXCRQUAVG
BLCKCOMMENT2 NUMEXCRQUMAX
BLCKCOMMENT3 NUMEXCRSPAVG
BLCKCOMMENT4 NUMEXCRSPMAX
BLKTYPCOUNT NUMEXTBLKS

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 33


February 2014 Honeywell
2. Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types
2.3. Control Execution Environment Block

BLKTYPDESC NUMFREEBLKS
BLKTYPHELPTXT NUMFREEDESC
BLKTYPLIB NUMMBTCPXMITMSGAVG
BLKTYPSIZE NUMMBTCPXMITMSGMAX
CDISPAVGLPS NUMMBTCPXMITBYTEAVG
CDISPAVGLPSCONN NUMMBTCPXMITBYTEMAX
CDISPAVGPPS NUMMBTCPRCVMSGAVG
CDISPAVGPPSCONN NUMMBTCPRCVMSGMAX
CDISPAVGSPSCONN NUMMBTCPRCVBYTEAVG
CDISPMAXLPS NUMMBTCPRCVBYTEMAX
CDISPMAXLPSCONN MBTCPINVALIDRCVMSGCOUNT
CDISPMAXPPS MBTCPFREEBUFCOUNT
CDISPMAXPPSCONN NUMNTFRQUAVG
CDISPMAXSPSCONN NUMNTFRQUMAX
CEECOMMAND NUMPARRSPAVG
CEESTATE NUMPARRSPMAX
CONTCUTOUT NUMPEERENV
CPEERAVGLPS NUMREGDESC
CPEERAVGLPSCONN NUMSIGS
CPEERAVGPPS NUMUSEDBLKS
CPEERAVGPPSCONN NUMUSEDDESC
CPEERAVGSPSCONN PEERENV
CPEERMAXLPS PEERGETAVG
CPEERMAXLPSCONN PEERSTRAVG
CPEERMAXPPS PEERSTRRESP
CPEERMAXPPSCONN PEERSUBSCPER
CPEERMAXSPSCONN PRIMARYSIG
CPUCYCLEAVG[0..39] QUALSTATE
CPUCYCLEMAX RACYCIMRAVAIL
CRCYCLEOVRN RACYCIMRMAX
CREATEDBY RACYCIMRUSED
CTRLCONFIRM RACYCLGREQAVAIL
DATECREATED RACYCLGREQMAX
DESC RACYCLRQUSED
ENBMEMALMFL RACYCSMREQAVAIL
ESIG RACYCSMREQMAX
EXTGETRQUAVG RACYCSRQUSED
EXTGETRQUMAX RCYCIMRAVAIL
EXTSTRRQUAVG RCYCIMRMAX
EXTSTRRQUMAX RCYCIMRUSED
FRC RCYCLGREQAVAIL
FREEMEM RCYCLGREQMAX
FREEMEMINK RCYCLRQUSED
GROUP RCYCSMREQAVAIL
GROUP.NUMBER RCYCSMREQMAX
GROUP.NUMPARAMS RCYCSRQUSED
GROUP.PARAM RDEGRADALM

34 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
2. Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types
2.3. Control Execution Environment Block

GROUP.POSITION RDISPAVGLPS
HIST RDISPAVGLPSCONN
HIST.EXTD RDISPAVGPPS
HIST.FAST RDISPAVGPPSCONN
HIST.GATEPARAM RDISPCONN
HIST.GATESTRING RDISPCONNMAX
HIST.GATEVALUE RDISPDEGIMRCONN
HIST.NUMPARAMS RDISPMAXLPS
HIST.PARAM RDISPMAXLPSCONN
HIST.STD RDISPMAXPPS
IACYCIMRAVAIL RDISPMAXPPSCONN
IACYCIMRMAX REASONSET
IACYCIMRUSED RPEERAVGLPS
IACYCIMRUSEDCONN RPEERAVGLPSCONN
IACYCLGREQAVAIL RPEERAVGPPS
IACYCLGREQMAX RPEERAVGPPSCONN
IACYCLGREQUSED RPEERCONN
IACYCLGREQUSEDCONN RPEERCONNMAX
IACYCSMREQAVAIL RPEERDEGIMRCONN
IACYCSMREQMAX RPEERMAXLPS
IACYCSMREQUSED RPEERMAXLPSCONN
IACYCSMREQUSEDCONN RPEERMAXPPS
ICYCIMRAVAIL RPEERMAXPPSCONN
ICYCIMRMAX RPEERNAME
ICYCIMRUSED RPEERSUBPER
ICYCIMRUSEDCONN RTOTACYCIMR
ICYCLGREQAVAIL RTOTACYCLGREQ
ICYCLGREQMAX RTOTACYCSMREQ
ICYCLGREQUSED RTOTCYCIMR
ICYCLGREQUSEDCONN RTOTCYCLGREQ
ICYCSMREQAVAIL RTOTCYCSMREQ
ICYCSMREQMAX SCANAREA
ICYCSMREQUSED SCANASSOCDSP
ICYCSMREQUSEDCONN SCANCTRLLVL
INALM SCANEUHI
IPEERAVGLPS SCANEULO
IPEERAVGPPS SCANGRPDTL
IPEERCONN SCANPNTDTL
IPEERCONNMAX SCRIPTOR
IPEERMAXLPS SECONDARYSIG
IPEERMAXPPS SECSIGSECLVL
IPEERNAME SIMCOMMAND
JOURNALONLY SIMSTATE
LSCYCLEOVRN[0...40] SCANAREA
MAXBLKTYPES SCANASSOCDSP
MAXFREEBLKSZ SCANCTRLLVL
MAXFREEINK SCANEUHI

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 35


February 2014 Honeywell
2. Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types
2.3. Control Execution Environment Block

MODIFIEDBY SCANEULO
NEXTPHASE SCANGRPDTL
NOTIFINHIBIT SCANPNTDTL
NTOTMEMDESC STATSRESET
NUMACCRQUAVG TASKSTACKHILM
NUMACCRQUMAX TASKSTACKSIZE
NUMASSIGNFBS TASKSTACKUSED
TREND.PARAM
TREND.POSITION
TOTALMEM
TOTALMEMINK
USEDMEM
USEDMEMINK
VERSION
VERSIONDATE
VERSIONNUM

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of each
parameter.

36 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
2. Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types
2.4. Input/Output Link Block

2.4 Input/Output Link Block

IOLINK Block (C300 Controller)


Description Provides interface functionality for associated I/O Link Interface.

Function Provides supervisory scanning, diagnostic, and performance


throughput information for monitoring I/O Link network status.

Inputs Real-time data transmission from physical device.

Outputs Real-time data transmission to configured IOC.

Parameters ACTPRIM PHYCHNSILB1


AUXDESC PHYCOMMERR1
AVGWRTIME PHYRCVCHN1
BLCKCOMMENT1 PHYSDSA1
BLCKCOMMENT2 PHYSIOPSTS1
BLCKCOMMENT3 PHYSMODTYPE1
BLCKCOMMENT4 PRIBLOCKNAME
CFIFORATEA PRICHNERRA
CFIFORATEM PRICHNERRB
COMMAND PRICHNSILA
CREATEDBY PRICHNSILB
CTRLCONFIRM PRICOMMERR
DATECREATED PRIIFCARD
DBVALID PRIIFCHNERRA
DESC PRIIFCHNERRB
DUPIOLADDR PRIIFCHNSILA
ESIG PRIIFCHNSILB
FMWREV1 PRIIFCOMMERR
FREESMSOVRRUN PRIIFFILE
GROUP PRIIFRCVCHN
GROUP.NUMBER PRIIFSTS
GROUP.NUMPARAMS PRIMARYSIG
GROUP.PARAM PRIRCVCHN
GROUP.POSITION QUALSTATE
HDWREV1 REASONSET
HIPRIRATE SCANAREA
HIST SCANASSOCDSP
HIST.EXTD SCANCTRLLVL
HIST.FAST SCANEUHI
HIST.GATEPARAM SCANEULO
HIST.GATESTRING SCANGRPDTL
HIST.GATEVALUE SCANPNTDTL

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 37


February 2014 Honeywell
2. Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types
2.4. Input/Output Link Block

HIST.NUMPARAMS SCANRATE
HIST.PARAM SCRIPTOR
HIST.STD SECBLOCKNAME
IOLCHNFAILA SECCHNERRA
IOLCHNFAILB SECCHNERRB
IOLCHNHISTA SECCHNSILA
IOLCHNHISTB SECCHNSILB
IOLCHNSTSA SECCOMMERR
IOLCHNSTSB SECIFCHNERRA
IOLDAUGHSF SECIFCHNERRB
IOLFREE SECIFCHNSILA
IOLMAXERR SECIFCHNSILB
IOLOVRRUN SECIFCOMMERR
IOLSOFTFAIL SECIFRCVCHN
IOMCOMMAND SECONDARYSIG
IOMSTS SECRCVCHN
IOMTYPE SECSIGSECLVL
IOPBLOCKNAME STATE
IOPORCUR STATRESET
IOPORPREV STTEXT
IOSSTALLTIME STTEXTA
IOSTKNDROP STTEXTB
LASTIOLCMD SUPVFIFORATEA
LINKNUM SUPVFIFORATEM
LOPRIRATE SWTCHACT
MAXNUMPRIIOP SYNCHSTS
MEDPRIRATE TOTCHNERRA
MODIFIEDBY TOTCHNERRB
MONREADPARAM TOTCHNSILA
MONSTATES TOTCHNSILB
NOTACTSUPV TREEBITMAP
NUMCACHE TREND
NUMPRIIOP TREND.NUMBER
NUMSIGS TREND.NUMPARAMS
OVERRUNSCUR TREND.PARAM
OVERRUNSPREV TREND.POSITION
OVRRUNCURHR VERSION
OVRRUNPREVHR VERSIONDATE
OVRSIGNA VERSIONNUM
PARTMISMATCH WITHBIAS
PARTNOTVIS WITHBIASENM
PDFIFORATEA WRFIFORATEA
PDFIFORATEM WRFIFORATEM
PERSWAPENB
PERSWAPTHRES
PHYCHNERRA1
PHYCHNERRB1

38 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
2. Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types
2.5. Series 8 Input/Output (Series 8 I/O) Blocks

PHYCHNSILA1

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

2.5 Series 8 Input/Output (Series 8 I/O) Blocks


AICHANNEL (Series 8)
Description The AI channel block represents a single analog input point
on one of the following Series 8 Processors: AI-HART; AI-
LLMUX

Function The analog input channel converts an analog PV signal


received from a field sensor to engineering units for use by
other function blocks in the C300 and by rest of the
Experion LX.

Inputs Floating point value in engineering units.

Outputs Floating point value in engineering units.

Associated Block Prior to loading, block must be "associated" with 1 channel


of the corresponding AI-HART or AI-LLMUX block that
interfaces with the physical AI hardware module at
execution runtime.

Parameters ACCEPTDEV HEXTDEVST


ACCEPTRNG HLOCKBYPRIMARYMAST
ALMENBSTATE ER
ASSOCASSET HLOCKPERMANENT
BADPVFL HLOCKSTATUS
CHANNUM HMAINTREQ
CJTACT HMAXDEVVARS
COMMAND HNCFGCHG
CONTAINEDIN HNSMMINPRE
DAMPING HPVCHNFLAGS
DECONF HPVMISM
DEVICELOCATION HSCANCFG
DVRNGEXT HSCANOVR
EURNGEXT HSLOTCC[1..4] (HART
HARTVERSION Revision 6.0)
HCFGDEV HSLOTST [1..4]
HCMD00 HSLOTVAL [1..4]

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 39


February 2014 Honeywell
2. Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types
2.5. Series 8 Input/Output (Series 8 I/O) Blocks

HCMD12 HTAG
HCMD13 HVARALERT
HCMD14 INPTDIR
HCMD16 IOP
HCMD48BT[1..200] IOPTYPE
HCMD48NOTIFY[1..200] JOURNALONLY
HDEVID LRL
HDEVMFG LRV
HDEVREV PNTFORM
HDEVST PNTTYPE
HDEVSTSTATUS PTEXECST
HDEVTYPE PV
HDEVTYPENAME PVCHAR
HDYNCC[1..4] PVRAWHI
HDYNEU[1..4] PVRAWLO
HDYNST[1..4] PVSTS
HENABLE SENSRTYP
URL
URV

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for


definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Components Theory for more


information on the Series 8 IO Blocks.

AOCHANNEL (Series 8)
Description The AO channel block represents a single analog input
point on the Series 8 AO-HART Processor

Function The AO channel block converts the output value (OP) to a


4-20 mA output signal for operating final control elements
such as valves and actuators in the field. The OP
parameter value can be controlled from an Experion LX
regulatory point, the operator, or an SCM.

Inputs OP value from


a single Regulatory Control block

an operator input

a program

an SCM block

Outputs Floating point value in engineering units.

40 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
2. Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types
2.5. Series 8 Input/Output (Series 8 I/O) Blocks

Associated Block Prior to loading, block must be "associated" with 1 channel


of the corresponding AO-HART block that interfaces with
the physical AO hardware module at execution runtime.

Parameters ACCEPTDEV HLOCKBYPRIMARYMASTER


CHANNUM HLOCKPERMANENT
COMMFAILFL HLOCKSTATUS
CONTAINEDIN HMAINTREQ
DEVICELOCATION HMAXDEVVARS
FAULTOPT HNCFGCHG
FAULTVALUE HNSMMINPRE
HALARMENABLE HPVCHNFLAGS
HARTVERSION HSCANCFG
HCFGDEV HSCANOVR
HCMD00 HSLOTCC[1..4] (HART
HCMD12 Revision 6.0)
HCMD13 HSLOTST[1..4] (HART
HCMD14 Revision 6.0)HSLOTVAL
HCMD16 [1..4]
HCMD48BT[1..200] HTAG
HCMD48NOTIFY[1..200] HVARALERT
HDEVREVHDEVST IOP
HDEVST IOPTYPE
HDEVSTSTATUSHDEVTY INITREQ
PEHDEVTYPENAME INITVAL
HDYNCC[1..4] OP
HDYNEU[1..4] OPCHAR
HDYNST[1..4] PNTFORM
HENABLE PNTTYPE
HEXTDEVST PTEXECST

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for


definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Components Theory for more


information on the Series 8 IO Blocks.

DICHANNEL (Series 8)
Description The DI channel block represents a single discrete input
point on a Series 8 DI-24 Processor.

Function The DI channel block converts a PVRAW signal received


from the field to a PV that can be used by other data points
in the Experion LX system

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 41


February 2014 Honeywell
2. Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types
2.5. Series 8 Input/Output (Series 8 I/O) Blocks

Inputs Digital (PV) signals received from the field.

Outputs PV status value that can be used by other data points in


system.

Associated Blocks Prior to loading, block must be "associated" with 1 channel


of corresponding DI-24 block that interfaces with the
physical DI hardware module at execution runtime.

Parameters ALMOPT IOP


BADPVFL IOPTYPE
CHANNUM PNTFORM
CONTAINEDIN PNTTYPE
DEBOUNCE PTEXECST
DEVICELOCATION PV
DITYPE PVSOURCE
DLYTIME PVSRCOPT
EVTOPT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for


definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Components Theory for more


information on the Series 8 IO Blocks.

DOCHANNEL (Series 8)
Description The DO channel block represents a single discrete input
point on a Series 8 DO-24B I/O Processor.

Function The DO channel block provides a digital output to the field


based on the origin of the input and the configured
parameters.

Inputs SO, PO, ONPULSE, or OFFPULSE value from


a single Regulatory Control block

an operator input

a program

an SCM block

Outputs Digital (Boolean) value or pulsed (real) value.

Associated Blocks Prior to loading, block must be "associated" with 1 channel


of the corresponding DO-24B block that interfaces with the

42 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
2. Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types
2.5. Series 8 Input/Output (Series 8 I/O) Blocks

physical DO hardware module at execution runtime.

Parameters CHANNUM INITREQ


COMMFAILFL IOP
CONTAINEDIN IOPTYPE
DEVICELOCATION OP
DOSTYPE PNTFORM
DOTYPE PNTTYPE
FAULTOPT PTEXECST
FAULTVALUE SO
SOREADFAIL

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for


definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Components Theory for more


information on the Series 8 IO Blocks.

AI-HART
Description High Level Analog Input with HART, 16 Channel.

This block is used for the following Series 8 IOMs:

8U-PAIH51
8C-PAIH51

Each input channel is capable of scanning (100 ms


sampling) a standard analog input (0 to 100%) and
supporting digital data transfer using HART
communications protocol.

The analog input point converts an analog PV signal


received from a field sensor to engineering units for use by
other data points in the control strategy. To accomplish this
function, the AI-HART point performs the following
functions.
Analog-to Digital Conversion

PV Characterization

Range Checking and PV Filtering

PV Source Selection

Alarm Detection

Additionally, the IOM can issue HART protocol commands

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 43


February 2014 Honeywell
2. Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types
2.5. Series 8 Input/Output (Series 8 I/O) Blocks

and receive data from HART capable devices. Device Id


data is read from the device and cached in the IOM.
Dynamic and device variable data and device status is
collected from the device for use by the control system.
IOM allows for servicing of any pass-through commands
issued from host/master devices.

Parameters CALIBSTS IOMBTREVA


CPUFREEAVGA IOMBTREVA
CPUFREEAVGB IOMPLREVA
CPUFREEMINA IOMPLREVB
CPUFREEMINB

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for


definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Components Theory for more


information on the Series 8 IO Blocks.

AI-LLMUX
Description Low Level Mux Input, 64 Channel

This block is used for the following Series 8 IOMs:

8U-PAIM01
8C-PAIM01

Parameters CALIBSTS HCUAVAIL


CPUFREEAVGA IOMBTREVA
CPUFREEAVGB IOMBTREVA
CPUFREEMINA PVSTS
CPUFREEMINB

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for


definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Components Theory for more


information on the Series 8 IO Blocks.

AO-HART
Description Analog Output with HART IOM, 16 channel.

This block is used for the following Series 8 IOMs:

8U-PAOH51

44 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
2. Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types
2.5. Series 8 Input/Output (Series 8 I/O) Blocks

8C-PAOH51

Each channel is capable of supplying a standard analog


output (4 to 20mA) and supporting digital data transfer
using HART communications protocol.

To accomplish this function, the AO-HART point performs


the following functions.
Analog-to Digital Conversion

PV Characterization

Range Checking and PV Filtering

PV Source Selection

Alarm Detection

The IOM can issue HART protocol commands and receive


data from HART capable devices. Device Id data is read
from the device and cached in the IOM. Dynamic and
device variable data and device status is collected from the
device for use by the control system. IOM allows for
servicing of any pass-through commands issued from
host/master devices.

Parameters CALIBSTS HCUAVAIL


CPUFREEAVGA IOMBTREVA
CPUFREEAVGB IOMBTREVA
CPUFREEMINA IOMPLREVA
CPUFREEMINB IOMPLREVB
HAUTODET[1..16]

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for


definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Components Theory for more


information on the Series 8 IO Blocks.

DI-24
Description Low Voltage Digital Input (24 volts DC); 32 Channels.

This block is used for the following Series 8 IOMs:

8U-PDIL51
8C-PDIL51

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 45


February 2014 Honeywell
2. Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types
2.5. Series 8 Input/Output (Series 8 I/O) Blocks

Parameters BADPVFL
CPUFREEAVGA
CPUFREEAVGB
CPUFREEMINA
CPUFREEMINB
IOMBTREVA
IOMBTREVA

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for


definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Components Theory for more


information on the Series 8 IO Blocks.

DO-24B
Description Bussed Low Voltage Digital Output (24 volts DC); 32
Channels.

This block is used for the following Series 8 IOMs:

8U-PDOD51
8C-PDOD51

Parameters CPUFREEAVGA
CPUFREEAVGB
CPUFREEMINA
CPUFREEMINB
IOMBTREVA
IOMBTREVA

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for


definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Components Theory for more


information on the Series 8 IO Blocks.

DI-SOE
Description Dgital Input Sequence of Events, 32 channels.

This block is used for the following Series 8 IOMs:

8U- PDIS01
8C- PDIS01

46 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
2. Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types
2.6. Peer Control Data Interface (PCDI) Blocks

Parameters BADPVFL STMCHOVRRUNSA


DLYTIME STMCHOVRRUNSB
EVTOPT STMCHMAXOVRRUNTIMEA
HIGHAL STMCHMAXOVRRUNTIMEB
DEBOUNCE
PNTFORM
PVCHGDLY

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for


definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Components Theory for more


information on the Series 8 IO Blocks.

PA
Description Low Voltage Pulse Accumulation Module (24volts DC); 32
channels.

This block is used for the following Series 8 IOMs:

8U- PDIP51
8C- PDIP51

Parameters BADPVFL PV
CPUFREEAVGA AVRAW
CPUFREEAVGB PNTTYPE
CPUFREEMINA
CPUFREEMINB
IOMBTREVA
IOMBTREVA

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference


definitions of each parameter.

Refer to Control Builder Components Theory for more


information on the Series 8 IO Blocks.

2.6 Peer Control Data Interface (PCDI) Blocks


PCDI_MASTER (Peer Control Data Interface Master device)
Block
Description Identifies the physical Safety Manager or Modbus TCP end device or

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 47


February 2014 Honeywell
2. Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types
2.6. Peer Control Data Interface (PCDI) Blocks

gateway for the C300 to provide links to associated Array Request


Channel blocks and provides selected diagnostic events for
associated channels.

Function Provides configuration and communication software to enable


devices to communicate over Honeywell's Fault Tolerant Ethernet
media to perform bi-directional data exchange directly with the
Experion LX C300 Controller.

The request for the data in Honeywell's Safety Manager or Modbus


end device, whether it is a native Modbus TCP device or a Modbus
RTU device connected to the serial bus of a gateway, is generated by
a PCDI Array Request Channel function block. These blocks will be
instantiated in a Control Module (CM).

Inputs Real-time data transmission from configured peer device.

Outputs Real-time data transmission to physical device.

Parameters ALMENBSTATE NUMDISCONN[0..1]


AVGRCVBYTESPERSEC NUMSIGS
AVGRCVMSGPERSEC NUMUIDS
AVGSMITBYTESPERSEC ORPHANRESPCNT
AVGSMITBYTESPERSEC PREFERREDCONN
AVGXMITMSGPERSEC PRIMARY
BLCKCOMMENT1 PRIMARYSIG
BLCKCOMMENT2 PRIMCONNSTS
BLCKCOMMENT3 PRIMERRCNT
BLCKCOMMENT4 PRIMERRCODE
CHANFBNAME[0..63] PRIMERRFL
CHANLASTMBERR[0..63] PRIMERRINFO
CHANLASTMBERRTIME[0..63] PRIMIP
CHANMBERRCNT[0..63] PRIMIPMON
CHANMBERRFL PRIMLASTCONNTIME
CHANREQRSPRCVD[0..63] PRIMLASTDISCONNTIME
CHANREQSENT[0..63] PRIMLASTERRTIME
CHANRSTSTATS PRIMLOOPDATA
CHANSTS[0..63] PRIMNUMCONN
CONINUSE PRIMNUMCONNATMPT
CONINUSEMON PRIMNUMDISCONN
CONNSTS[0..1] PRIMNUMDISCONNTIME
CONTOUSE PRIMTCP
CREATEDBY PRIMTCPMON
CTRLCONFIRM QUEUEDREQCNT[0-15]
CYCLETIME[0..63] REASONSET
DATECREATED REDSWITCHPERIOD
DEFTIMOUT REQRSPRCVD
DESC REQRTRY

48 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
2. Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types
2.6. Peer Control Data Interface (PCDI) Blocks

DEVSTS REQRTRYCNT[0-15]
DEVSUPCMDS[0..15][0..39] RSTERRCNT
DEVTYPE RSTSTATS
DIAGREQRSPRCVD[0-15] SCANASSOCDSP
DIAGREQSENT[0..15] SCANCTRLLVL
ENABLEDEVICE[0..15] SCANPNTDTL
ENITITYNAME SECCONNSTS
ERRCNT[0..1] SECERRCNT
ERRCODE[0..1] SECERRCODE
ERRFL[0..1] SECERRFL
ERRINFO[0..1] SECERRINFO
GROUP.NUMPARAMS SECIP
HIST.NUMPARAMS SECIPMON
INALM SECLASTCONNTIME
IOMSTATE SECLASTDISCCONNTIME
LASTCONNTIME[0..1] SECLASTERRTIME
LASTDISCONNTIME[0..1] SECLOOPDATA
LASTERRTIME[0..1] SECNUMCONN
LASTMBERR[0..15] SECNUMCONNATMPT
LASTMBERRTIME[0..15] SECNUMDISCONN
LOOPADDR SECONDARYSIG
LOOPDATA SECSIGSECLVL
LOOPDATACHG SECTCP
LOOPMODE SECTCPMON
LOOPRATE STATUS
LOOPTYPE STUBIOM
MASTERID TIMOUT[0..15]
MASTERSTATE TIMOUTCNT[0-15]
MAXPENDREQ TOTALREQSENT
MAXRCVBYTESPERSEC TREND.NUMPARAMS
MAXRCVMSGPERSEC UIDDEVTYPE[0..15]
MAXUIDREQ UIDDEVTYPEMON[0..15]
MAXXMITBYTESPERSEC UIDLOOPADDR[0..15]
MAXXMITMSGPERSEC UIDLOOPDATA[0..15]
MBERRCNT [0..15] UIDLOOPDATACHG
MBERRFL[0..15] UIDLOOPMODE[0..15]
MODIFIEDBY UIDLOOPRATE[0..15]
MSGDELAY UIDLOOPTYPE[0..15]
NAME UIDORPHANRESPCNT[0-15]
NUMCHANS UIDREQRSPRCVD[0-15]
NUMCONN[0..1] UIDREQSENT[0..15]
NUMCONNATMPT[0..1] UNITID[0..15]
UNITIDMON[0..15]
USEKEEPALIVE
VENDOR[0..15]
VERSIONDATE

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 49


February 2014 Honeywell
2. Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types
2.6. Peer Control Data Interface (PCDI) Blocks

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Peer Control Data Interface Reference for information


about configuring and using the PCDI_MASTER block.

PCDIFLAGARRCH (Peer Control Data Interface Flag Array


Channel) Block
Description Provides a read/write interface to a Boolean array of data from
Honeywell's Safety Manager, Modbus TCP native device or a serial
device through a Modbus TCP Gateway/Bridge.

Function Reads data from the connected block and writes data to the
associated field device. Or, reads data from the associated field
device and makes it available to the connected block.
Supports up to 2000 Boolean values (PVFL[1..2000]) from the
device.
The start index along with the read or write defines the function
code for the request. The bit types represent read and write forms
depending on the address range as follows: Provides access to the
array of data by other blocks - one element at a time or the
complete array access.
000001-065535: read or write from 1 to 2000 bit flags.
100001-165535: read only from 1 to 2000 bit flags.
Sets an overall error flag (ERRFL) ON when the array data is
invalid and generates a detailed error code (ERRCODE).
Provides bad PV flag (BADPVFL).

Inputs Boolean value from device or another block.

Outputs Boolean value.

Parameters ACCLOCK NAME


AUTOTRIGGER NFLAG
BADPVFL ORDERINCM
BLCKCOMMENT1 PVFL
BLCKCOMMENT2 PVSTS
BLCKCOMMENT3 RDYFL
BLCKCOMMENT4 REQSTATE
CHANNAME SENDFL
CHANSTS SIMMODE

50 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
2. Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types
2.6. Peer Control Data Interface (PCDI) Blocks

DEVADDR SIMVALUE[1..1968]
DONEFL STARTINDEX
ERRCODE SUBVAL
ERRFL SUBVALTYPE
IOCNUMBER USERSYMNAME
IOCSTATE WRITEOPT
LASTERRTIME
MASTERID

Associated Prior to loading, block must be "associated" with 1 channel of


Block corresponding PCDI_MASTER block that interfaces with physical
peer device at execution runtime. For optimum performance, assign
channels to PCDI_MASTER block for given device contiguously. For
example, if you have four PCDIFLAGARRCH blocks to use with the
device, assign them to PCDI_MASTER block channels 0, 1, 2, and 3
rather than 0, 2, 4, and 6.

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Peer Control Data Interface Reference for information


about configuring and using the PCDI_MASTER block.

PCDINUMARRCH (Peer Control Data Interface Numeric Array


Channel) Block
Description Provides a read/write interface to a Numeric array of data from
Modbus TCP native device or a serial device through a Modbus TCP
Gateway /Bridge.

Function Reads data from the connected block and writes data to the
associated field device. Or, reads data from the associated field
device and makes it available to the connected block.
The start index along with the read or write defines the function
code for the request. The floating point data types represent all
word and byte swapped forms depending on the address range as
follows:
200001-265535: read or write from 1 to 60 contiguous Word
Swapped IEEE floating point numbers.
300001-365535: read from 1 to 120 contiguous Signed
Integer numbers. This is read only addresses. Read/Write
Option setting is ignored.
400001-465535: read from 1 to 120 or write a single Signed

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 51


February 2014 Honeywell
2. Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types
2.6. Peer Control Data Interface (PCDI) Blocks

Integer numbers.
700001-765535: read or write from 1 to 60 contiguous IEEE
floating point numbers.
800002-865535: read or write from 1 to 60 contiguous IEEE
floating point numbers Addr-1.
900001-965535: read from 1 to 120 or write a single
Unsigned Integer numbers.
Provides access to the array of data by other blocks - one element
at a time or whole array access.
Sets an overall error flag (ERRFL) ON when the array data is
invalid and generates a detailed error code (ERRCODE).
Provides bad PV flag (BADPVFL).

Inputs Up to 248 bytes of Real, Integer, or Byte type data from the device.

Outputs See above.

Parameters ACCLOCK NNUMERIC


AUTOTRIGGER ORDERINCM
BADPVFL PV
BLCKCOMMENT1 PVEUHI
BLCKCOMMENT2 PVEULO
BLCKCOMMENT3 PVRAW
BLCKCOMMENT4 PVRAWHI
CHANNAME PVRAWLO
CHANSTS PVSTS
CONVTOLONG RDYFL
DEVADDR REQSTATE
DONEFL SENDFL
ERRCODE SIMMODE
ERRFL SIMVALUE[1..120]
EUDESC STARTINDEX
IOCNUMBER SUBVAL
IOCSTATE SUBVALTYPE
LASTERRTIME USERSYMNAME
MASTERID WRITEOPT
NAME

Associated Prior to loading, block must be "associated" with 1 channel of


Block corresponding PCDI_MASTER block that interfaces with physical
peer device at execution runtime. For optimum performance, assign
channels to PCDI_MASTER block for given device contiguously. For
example, if you have four PCDINUMARRCH blocks to use with the
device, assign them to PCDI_MASTER block channels 0, 1, 2, and 3
52 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110
Honeywell February 2014
2. Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types
2.6. Peer Control Data Interface (PCDI) Blocks

rather than 0, 2, 4, and 6.

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Peer Control Data Interface Reference for information


about configuring and using the PCDINUMARRCH block.

PCDITEXTARRCH (Peer Control Data Interface Text Array


Channel) Block
Description Provides a read/write interface to a Text (or String) array of data from
Modbus TCP native device or a serial device through a Modbus TCP
Gateway /Bridge.

Function Reads data from the connected block and writes data to the
associated field device. Or, reads data from the associated field
device and makes it available to the connected block.
Supports up to 16 Text values (STR[1..16]) from the device. Since
the maximum size of the interface to the device is 128 bytes, the
valid range of values depends on the combination of number of
string values (NSTRING) and length of string values (STRLEN) as
follows.
If NSTRING is 1 and STRLEN is 128, valid STR[1..16] range
is 1.
If NSTRING is 2 and STRLEN is 64, valid STR[1..16] range
is 1 to 2.
If NSTRING is 4 and STRLEN is 32, valid STR[1..16] range
is 1 to 4.
If NSTRING is 8 and STRLEN is 16, valid STR[1..16] range
is 1 to 8.
If NSTRING is 16 and STRLEN is 8, valid STR[1..16] range
is 1 to 16.
The start index along with the read or write defines the function
code for the request. The ASCII encoded bytes represent read and
write forms depending on the address range as follows:
500001-565535: read or write from 16 of 8, 8 of 16, 4 of 32, 2
of 164, or 1 of 128 ASCII encoded bytes
600000: Loopback test

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 53


February 2014 Honeywell
2. Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types
2.6. Peer Control Data Interface (PCDI) Blocks

600001-665535: write vendor information


699999: read vendor information
Provides access to the array of data by other blocks - one element
at a time or whole array access.
Sets an overall error flag (ERRFL) ON when the array data is
invalid and generates a detailed error code (ERRCODE).
Provides bad PV flag (BADPVFL).

Inputs Up to 8 string values depending on whether the length of the string is


8, 16, 32, 64, or 128 characters.

Outputs See above.

Parameters ACCLOCK MASTERID


AUTOTRIGGER NSTRING
BADPVFL ORDERINCM
BLCKCOMMENT1 RDYFL
BLCKCOMMENT2 REQSTATE
BLCKCOMMENT3 SENDFL
BLCKCOMMENT4 SIMMODE
CHANNAME SIMVALUE[1..16]
CHANSTS STARTINDEX
CONVTOASCII STR
DEVADDR STRLEN
DONEFL SUBVAL
ERRCODE SUBVALTYPE
ERRFL USERSYMNAME
IOCNUMBER WRITEOPT
IOCSTATE
LASTERRTIME

Associated Block Prior to loading, block must be "associated" with 1 channel of


corresponding PCDI_MASTER block that interfaces with physical
peer device at execution runtime. For optimum performance, assign
channels to PCDI_MASTER block for given device contiguously. For
example, if you have four PCDITEXTARRCH blocks to use with the
device, assign them to PCDI_MASTER block channels 0, 1, 2, and 3
rather than 0, 2, 4, and 6.

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Peer Control Data Interface Reference for information


about configuring and using the PCDITEXTARRCH block.

54 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
2. Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types
2.6. Peer Control Data Interface (PCDI) Blocks

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 55


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.1 Overview
This section provides detailed reference data for each functional block type that is part of
the functional relation category for the Control Builder. It presents the block types
associated with a given component library. The reference data is organized alphabetically
by component library/block type, and then alphabetically within each type by the
function block name.
The reference data for each block covers these topics, as applicable:
description
function
inputs and input ranges
outputs and output ranges
parameters
Note that the data varies, based on what is pertinent for each block.

3.2 Auxiliary Blocks


AUXCALC (Auxiliary Calculation) block
Description Lets you write up to eight expressions for computing a Process
Variable (PV) value.

Function Each expression can contain any valid combination of inputs,


operators and functions and may perform arithmetic or logic
operations, test conditions, and so on.

Status information is made available for input as well as the


expression results.

You can assign the result of an expression, a status, or an input to PV


and PVSTS parameters which are then processed like the result of
any other Auxiliary function block.

Inputs Accepts up to six optional inputs (P[1] to P[6]) - none are required.
No inputs are required

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 57


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.2. Auxiliary Blocks

All inputs must be fetched from other function blocks.

The number of process input connections are equal to the number


of inputs; the default is 1.
Configure P inputs contiguously (without breaks) in arrays.

Outputs Produces these outputs according to the values you assign to them.
PV and its status PVSTS, as well as a Boolean flag,
PVSTSFL.BAD, to indicate to other function blocks, that this
block's PV status is bad.
Up to eight expression results (C[1] to C[8]).

Operators and Table 3 lists the expression operators and functions supported by this
Functions block for reference.

Parameter You must specify a parameter by its full tag name. For example,
Identification "CM25.PumpASelect.PVFL", or "CM57.PID100.MODE".

In effect, tag names allow expressions to have an unlimited number


of inputs and work with any data type. However, do not use more
than six parameter references in an expression.

The expression syntax has been expanded. Delimiters (') can be used
in an expression containing an external reference component. The
format for the delimiter usage is as follows:
TagName.'text'

Expression Must include full tag.parameter name for P inputs in the expression
Rules and enclose identification number in brackets instead of
parenthesizes. For example, CM151.AUXCALC BLOCK.P[1] *
CM151.AUXCALC BLOCK.P[2] is valid.
Expressions cannot contain an assignment operation (a colon and
equal sign with the current syntax) For example,
"CM1.PID1.MODE:=X[1]" is invalid.

Each expression produces a single value (arithmetic or logical


which is automatically stored in a "C" parameter. For example, if
you write four expressions, the result of the first expression is
stored in C[1], the result of the second is stored in C[2], and so on.
You can use these results, by name, in succeeding expressions. In
this example, you could use C[1] as an input to expressions 2, 3,
and 4.
You can mix and nest all operators and functions (including
conditional assignments) in any order as long as the types match

58 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.2. Auxiliary Blocks

or can be converted.
You can use blanks between operators and parameter names, but
they are not required.
You can use all data types in expressions, including enumerations.
They are all treated as numeric types.
You must configure calculator expressions contiguously (without
breaks) in the arrays.
A short description can be provided for the expressions using the
expression descriptor parameter (EXPRDESC[1..8]). The results of
the expressions, which use the CONST [1...8] parameters, are
affected if you change the values of these parameters on the
Constants tab.

Parameters C[1..8] NAME


CONFIGCODE[1..8] ORDERINCM
CONFIGDESC[1..8] P[1..6]
CONFIGSTS[1..8] PSTS[1..6]
CSTS[1..8] PV
DESC PVFORMAT
EUDESC PVSRC
EXECCODE[1..8] PVSTS
EXECDESC PVSTSFL.BAD
EXECDESC[1..8] PVSTSFL.MAN
EXECSTS PVSTSFL.NORM
EXECSTS[1..8] PVSTSFL.UNCER
EXPR[1..8] PVSTSSRC
EXPRPCODE[1..8] PVVALSTS
HIALM

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the AUXCALC Block.

ATTENTION
Do not use equality operands = and <> to compare FLOAT64 and FLOAT32
floating point values in expressions. Use inequality operands Less Than (<),
Less Than or Equal To (<=), Greater Than (>), or Greater Than or Equal To
(>=) instead.

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 59


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.2. Auxiliary Blocks

Table 3 Expression Operators and Functions Reference

Operators Description

Unary +-

Binary Arithmetic + - / MOD (x MOD y) ^ (x^y)

Logical AND OR NOT

Relational = <> <= >= < >

Conditional ? : (For example, X ?Y : Z; similar to IF, THEN, ELSE)

Parenthesis ()

Array Syntax []

Unary Functions

ABS absolute value LOG Base 10 logarithm of a number

ATN arc tangent RND round value

COS1 cosine SGN sign of value (returns -1,0 or +1)

EXP e to the power of x SIN1 sine

INT convert to integer SQR square of a number

ISFIN is finite SQRT square root


1
ISNAN is Not a Number TAN tangent

LN Natural logarithm of a
number (log to the base of
e)

Multiple Argument Functions

MIN minimum of n arguments MID medium value of n arguments


(ignore bad values) (average of middle values for
even n)

MAX maximum of n arguments MUL product of n arguments


(ignore bad values)

AVG average of n arguments SUM sum of n arguments

60 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.2. Auxiliary Blocks

Operators Description

String Support Functions

LEN Returns an integer length NUMSTR Takes the input parameter,


of the string casts it to a Float64 and
converts it to a string.

MIDS Takes a string, an integer STRNUM Takes the string input


starting position and an parameter and converts it to a
integer length. The Float64.
function returns the
specified portion of the
original string.

Time Support Functions

ABSTOD Takes an absolute time DTIMNUM Takes a delta TIME data type
data type and strips off the and returns a 64-bit float
year and date and returns representing the number of
a 64-bit float representing milliseconds.
the time of day in
milliseconds.

NOW Returns the current local NUMDTIM Takes a 64-bit float


date and time as an representing some number of
absolute time data type. milliseconds and converts it to
a delta TIME data type.

NUMTIM Takes a 64-bit float STRTIM Takes a string input parameter


representing the number and converts it to an Absolute
of milliseconds since Jan time. The string must be in the
1, 1972 and converts it to same format as an Absolute
absolute TIME data type. time constant.

TOD Returns the current local TIMNUM Takes an Absolute TIME data
time of day as Time of Day type and returns a 64-bit float
data type. representing the total number
of milliseconds since Jan 1,
1972.

UTCTOD Returns the current UTC UTCNOW Returns the current UTC date
time of day as Time of Day and time of day as an absolute
data type. time data type.

1
Be sure you specify the trigonometric functions cosine, sine, and tangent in radians and
not degrees.

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 61


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.2. Auxiliary Blocks

Case Sensitive Strings for Special Value Constants

NAN IEEE NaN value

+INF IEEE + Infinity value

-INF IEEE - Infinity value

PI PI (3.14159. . .)

E e (2.718. . .)

AUXSUMMER (Auxiliary Summer) block


Description Lets you configure up to ten separate inputs to calculate a Process
Variable (PV) value that can be scaled and biased.

Function The AUXSUMMER block fetches values from other function blocks
and determines their statuses in every execution cycle of the Control
Module. It evaluates up to ten inputs and determines their statuses. It
derives values for PV and PV status based on its calculation of the
inputs and the configuration entries for the overall PV scale factor
(CPV) and overall PV bias factor (DPV) parameters.

Inputs This function block accepts as many as ten inputs (P[110]).


At least one input (P[i]) must be configured for the block to operate.

All inputs must be fetched from other function blocks.

The number of process input connections (NUMPINPT) that can


be made to other blocks is equal to the number of inputs. The
default is 1.

Outputs This block produces the following outputs:


PV and its status, PVSTS.

Parameters C[1..10] PDESC


CPV PENABLE
D[1..10] PSTS[1..10]
DESC PSUB
DPV PV
EUDESC PVFORMAT
NUMPINPT PVSTS
NAME PVSTSFL.BAD

62 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.2. Auxiliary Blocks

ORDERINCM PVSTSFL.MAN
P[1..10] PVSTSFL.NORM
PVSTSFL.UNCER

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the AUXSUMMER Block.

CTUD (Counter Up/Down) Block


Description A new general purpose Up-Down Counter (CTUD) is introduced in the
Auxiliary library to simplify event count strategies. The counter function
block starts functioning based on the configured algorithm. The count
inputs may be wired to other function blocks or stored by a program.

Function The CTUD block is an up-down counter function block. The counter of
the CTUD block can change its state (Up or Down) depending on the
configuration of Count Up Flag (CNTUPFL) and Count Down Flag
(CNTDNFL) parameter.

The counting also depends on a valid IN (ININT32/INFLOAT64)


configuration if the input is fed through wired connection.

Up-down counting is evaluated as edge trigger quantity or level trigger


quantity depending on the value configured for Count On Level
(CNTLVLFL) Parameter.

The CTUD Block supports pause (PAUSEFL), load (LOADFL) and reset
(RESETFL) operation for the counter.

If the Count Up and Count Down flags are set to TRUE,


the same block execution results in a net internal counter
change of zero.

Inputs The CTUD block accepts a combination of Integer 32, Boolean, and
Float 64 inputs.
Either of ININT32 or INFLOAT64 can be used during block execution.
Selection of the IN parameter is determined by Input Specifier
(SELINT32FL) parameter.
If SELINT32FL is set to TRUE, value of ININT32 parameter is
used.
If SELINT32FL is set to FALSE, value of INFLOAT64
parameter is used.

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 63


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.2. Auxiliary Blocks

All inputs are processed synchronously with the block execution.

Outputs The current Counter output value is available in Float 64


(OUTFLOAT64) and Integer 32 (OUTINT32) formats.
CARRYUPFL is set to TRUE for one block execution following a
counter overflow.
CARRYDNFL is set to TRUE for one block execution following a
counter underflow.
QUFL indicates count Up reached.

QDFL indicates count Down reached.

The output values are fetched through a wired connection or read


directly by a program.
An output connection to an input that can be initialized does not
create a back calculation or function block connections.

The flag outputs (QUFL, QDFL, CARRYUPFL, and


CARRYDNFL) are transitory. Downstream blocks, which
sample these outputs, should sample at a rate of at least twice
the execution rate of the counter block in order to recognize all
transitions.

Equations You can configure CNTEQN to specify how the block must handle the
overflow and underflow conditions.

By default, Equation A is selected.

Ideal configuration of the Equation D and H to start the


counting is:

For equation D the input value must be greater than


zero.

For equation H the input value must be less than zero.

If not, then the counter excludes a gap of zero to the input


value in both equations.

Platforms Counter block can be used with the following Control Execution
supported Environments (CEE).
C300
SIM-C300

64 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.2. Auxiliary Blocks

Parameters BLOCKTYPENAME EUDESC


BLOCKTYPNAME GLOBSCMMON
BLCKCOMMENT1 INCLAMPOPT
BLCKCOMMENT2 INFLOAT64
BLCKCOMMENT3 ININT32
BLCKCOMMENT4 OUTFLOAT64
CARRYDNFL OUTINT32
CARRYUPFL LOADFL
CBBLOCKPROP NUMBLOBS
CBBLOCKPROPI ORDERINCM
CNTDNFL PAUSEFL
CNTEQN QDFL
CNTLVLFL QUFL
CNTUPFL RESETFL
DESC SELINT32FL
DYNSTATE USERSYMNAME

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of each
parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information on


the CTUD Block.

DEADTIME block
Description Provides calculated output (PV) in which value changes may be
delayed from the time that the corresponding change occurred in the
P1 input. The delay time can be fixed, or it can vary as the inverse of
another input (P2).

Function Applies a fixed or variable delay to a process input value.

Inputs Requires an input value (P1); a second input (P2) is optional.


P1 and P2 must be fetched from other function blocks.

Outputs Produces the following output:


PV and its status, PVSTS and PVSTSFL.

Operators and Table 4 lists the expression operators and functions supported by this
Functions block for reference.

Delay Table Is used to accomplish the desired delays in the input (P1). P1 values
are stored and shifted through the table at a rate that is calculated to
produce the desired Deadtime. The table-shift rate is derived from
the following information:

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 65


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.2. Auxiliary Blocks

The sample rate of the P1 value (TS). This is the execution rate of
the function block.
The delay time (DELAYTIME). If fixed delay is selected, user
specifies the delay; if variable delay is selected, the delay is
derived from P2.
The number of entries to use in the delay table (NUMLOC). The
table has a maximum of 60 entries, but the user may request to
use fewer than that (by sorting to NUMLOC).

Delay Type Two types of delays are supported:


Fixed Delay

Variable Delay

Parameters C1 NUMLOC
C2 NAME
CPV ORDERINCM
CUTOFF.LM P1
D1 P1STS
D2 P2
DELAYTABLE[1..60] P2STS
DELAYTIME PV
DELAYTYPE PVFORMAT
DPV PVSTS
EUDESC PVSTSFL.BAD
INITREQ PVSTSFL.NORM
PVSTSFL.UNCER
PVVALSTS

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the DEADTIME Block.

ENHAUXCALC (Enhanced Auxiliary Calculation) block


Description The ENHAUXCALC block provides the following enhancements over
the AUXCALC block.
Expands existing arrayed input parameters PSTS and P from six to
ten.
These arrayed parameters are added to correspond to each of the
ten inputs.

66 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.2. Auxiliary Blocks

Input Description
Scaling Factor
Enable/Disable Switch
PSUB Substitute Parameter
PP Scaled Input
Both the ENHAUXCALC and AUXCALC blocks are optimized so
that expressions use memory based on the number of expressions
configured, pcode size of each expression, the number of
references in the expression and the offset needed for each
expression.

Function Each expression can contain any valid combination of inputs,


operators and functions and may perform arithmetic or logic
operations, test conditions, and so on.

Status information is made available for input as well as the


expression results.

You can assign the result of an expression, a status, or an input to PV


and PVSTS parameters which are then processed like the result of
any other Auxiliary function block.

Inputs Accepts up to 10 optional inputs (P[1] to P[10]) - none are required.


No inputs are required

All inputs must be fetched from other function blocks.

The number of process input connections are equal to the number


of inputs; the default is 1.
Configure P inputs contiguously (without breaks) in arrays.

Outputs Produces these outputs according to the values you assign to them.
PV and its status PVSTS, and a Boolean flag, PVSTSFL.BAD, to
indicate to the other function blocks, that this block's PV status is
bad.
Up to eight expression results (C[1] to C[8]).

Operators and Table 3 lists the expression operators and functions supported by this
Functions block for reference.

Parameter You must specify a parameter by its full tag name. For example,
Identification "CM25.PumpASelect.PVFL", or "CM57.PID100.MODE".

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 67


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.2. Auxiliary Blocks

In effect, tag names allow expressions to have an unlimited number


of inputs and work with any data type. However, do not use more
than six parameter references in an expression.

The expression syntax has been expanded. Delimiters (') can be used
in an expression containing an external reference component. The
format for the delimiter usage is as follows:
TagName.'text'

The size of each expression in the ENHAUXCALC block is limited to


255 characters. You can use the following additional arrayed
parameters in expressions.
CP[1..10]

PP[1..10]

PENABLE[1..10]

PSUB[1..10]

PCODESIZE[1..8]

NUMSRCCONN[1..8]

Expression Must include full tag.parameter name for P inputs in the expression
Rules and enclose identification number in brackets instead of
parenthesizes. For example, CM151.AUXCALC BLOCK.P[1] *
CM151.AUXCALC BLOCK.P[2] is valid.
Expressions cannot contain an assignment operation (a colon and
equal sign with the current syntax) For example,
"CM1.PID1.MODE:=X[1]" is invalid.

Each expression produces a single value (arithmetic or logical


which is automatically stored in a "C" parameter. For example, if
you write four expressions, the result of the first expression is
stored in C[1], the result of the second is stored in C[2], and so on.
You can use these results, by name, in succeeding expressions. In
this example, you could use C[1] as an input to expressions 2, 3,
and 4.
You can mix and nest all operators and functions (including
conditional assignments) in any order as long as the types match
or can be converted.
You can use blanks between operators and parameter names, but
they are not required.
You can use all data types in expressions except for Time data

68 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.2. Auxiliary Blocks

types. They are all treated as numeric types.


You must configure calculator expressions contiguously (without
breaks) in the arrays.
A short description can be provided for the expressions using the
expression descriptor parameter (EXPRDESC[1..8]). The results of
the expressions, which use the CONST [1...8] parameters, are
affected if you change the values of these parameters on the
Constants tab.

Parameters C[1..8] PCODESIZE[1..8]


CONFIGCODE[1..8] PCONN[1..10]
CONFIGDESC[1..8] PDESC[1..10]
CONFIGSTS[1..8] PENABLE[1..10]
CP[1..10] PP[1..10]
CSTS[1..8] PSTS[1..10]
DESC PSUB[1..10]
EUDESC PV
EXECCODE[1..8] PVFORMAT
EXECDESC[1..8] PVSRC
EXECSTS[1..8] PVSTS
EXPR[1..8] PVSTSFL.ALL
NAME PVSTSFL.BAD
NUMSRCCONN[1..8] PVSTSFL.MAN
ORDERINCM PVSTSFL.NORM
P[1..10] PVSTSFL.UNCER
PVSTSSRC
PVVALSTS
SRC

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the ENHAUXCALC Block.

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 69


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.2. Auxiliary Blocks

ENHGENLIN (Enhanced General Linearization) block


Description Calculates an output value (PV) as a function of the input value (P1) and
ACTLINSEG parameter value based on configured linear coefficients. It
can be any function represented by up to 12 continuous, linear segments
defined with 13 monotonic value pairs.

Function Typically used to provide a linearized PV (in engineering units) for a


sensor actuator, or process with nonlinear characteristics. The
ACTLINSEG parameter is used to select the linearization segment
tables to define the input-output relationship curves.

This block can also be used to characterize functions of a single


parameter, such as heat transfer vs. flow rate, or efficiency as a function
of load. It is particularly useful when the relationship of the input to
engineering units is empirically determined.

Input Two input values are required:


P1 must be fetched from another function block.

ACTLINSEG parameter value can be user-defined or fetched from


another function block.

Outputs PV, and PVSTS that displays the status of the PV.

Boolean flag (PVSTSFL.BAD) to indicate to other function blocks, that


this block's PV status is bad.

Platform The ENHGENLIN block is supported on the following platforms.


Supported
C300 (50 ms CEE)

Parameters <PJ>ACTLINSEG</PJ> <PJ>PV</PJ>


<PJ>COMMIT</PJ> <PJ>PVFORMAT</PJ>
<PJ>DESC</PJ> <PJ>PVSTS</PJ>
<PJ>DIFFVALUE</PJ> <PJ>PVSTSFL.BAD</PJ>
<PJ>ENBTUNE</PJ> <PJ>PVSTSFL.MAN</PJ>
<PJ>EUDESC</PJ> <PJ>PVSTSFL.NORM</PJ>
<PJ>IN[1..4][0..12]</PJ> <PJ>PVSTSFL.UNCER</PJ>
<PJ>NAME</PJ> <PJ>PVVALSTS</PJ>
<PJ>NUMLINSEG</PJ> <PJ>RESTORE</PJ>
<PJ>NUMSEGS[1..4]</PJ> <PJ>TEMPIN[1..4][0..12]</PJ>
<PJ>NUMSEGS [INDEX]</PJ> <PJ>TEMPOUT[1..4][0..12]</PJ>
<PJ>ORDERINCM</PJ> <PJ>VIEWLINSEG</PJ>
<PJ>OUT[1..4][012]</PJ>
<PJ>P1</PJ>
<PJ>P1STS</PJ>

70 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.2. Auxiliary Blocks

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of each
parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information on


the ENHGENLIN Block.

ATTENTION
The ENHGENLIN block is typically applicable for C300 (50ms CEE)
controllers and SIMC300.

FLOWCOMP (Flow Compensation) block


Description Operates on uncompensated flow measurements of liquids, steam,
gases or vapors. It computes a flow compensation factor based on
variations in parameters like temperature, pressure, specific gravity,
and molecular weight. The block derives a compensated flow value
as its output.

Function Offers you five different equations for calculating the flow
compensation term (COMPTERM). There is one equation for liquids,
one for steam, and three for gases and vapors. Each equation may
require different inputs. For example, depending on which gases and
vapors equation you choose, one requires temperature and pressure
measurements, another requires temperature, pressure and specific
gravity, and a third requires temperature, pressure and molecular
weight.

Inputs The PV Equation Type (PVEQN) you select determines the


number of inputs that the FLOWCOMP block requires.
Equation A requires 2 inputs
Equation B requires 3 inputs
Equation C requires 4 inputs
Equation D requires 4 inputs
Equation E requires 5 inputs
All inputs must be fetched from other function blocks.

Outputs This block produces the following outputs:


PV and its status, PVSTS.

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 71


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.2. Auxiliary Blocks

Parameters BADCOMPTERM.FL P
BADCOMPTERM.PR P0
BADCOMPTERM.SV PSTS
CF1 PV
CF2 PVCHAR
COMPHILM PVEQN
COMPLOLM PVFORMAT
COMPTERM PVSTS
CPV PVSTSFL.BAD
DESC PVSTSFL.MAN
EUDESC PVSTSFL.NORM
F PVSTSFL.UNCER
FSTS Q
G QSTS
GSTS RG
HIALM.PR RMW
HIALM.SV RP
HIALM.TYPE RQ
INALM RT
MAXCYCLE RX
MW T
MWSTS T0
NUMPINPT TSTS
NAME X
ORDERINCM XSTS

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the FLOWCOMP Block.

GENLIN (General Linearization) block


Description Calculates an output value (PV) as a function of the input value (P1)
based on a separate function that can be represented by 2 to 13 user-
defined coordinates. (You specify the IN and OUT values of each
coordinate to make a segment.) The input value (P1) is then
compared with the input range of each segment and the output is set
at the intersection of the input with the appropriate segment.

Function Typically used to provide a linearized PV (in engineering units) for a


sensor with nonlinear characteristics. Block can also be used to
characterize functions of a single parameter, such as heat transfer
versus flow rate, or efficiency as a function of load. It is particularly
useful when the relationship of the input to engineering units is

72 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.2. Auxiliary Blocks

empirically determined.

Input One input value (P1) is required:


P1 must be fetched from another function block.

Number of process input connections is 1.

Outputs PV and its status, PVSTS, and a Boolean flag, PVSTSFL.BAD, to


indicate to other function blocks, that this block's PV status is bad.

Segment The first and last segments are treated as if they are infinitely
Extension extended. This means, if P1 is less than IN[0] or greater than IN
(NUMSEGS), PV is computed by assuming that the slope in the
appropriate segment continues from the intersection point.

Parameters DESC PV
EUDESC PVFORMAT
IN[0..12] PVSTS
NAME PVSTSFL.BAD
NUMSEGS PVSTSFL.MAN
ORDERINCM PVSTSFL.NORM
OUT[0..12] PVSTSFL.UNCER
P1 PVVALSTS
P1STS

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the GENLIN Block.

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 73


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.2. Auxiliary Blocks

LEADLAG (Lead Lag) block


Description May be configured to apply a lead-time and two lag-time
compensation factors to a process input value.

Function Provides dynamic lead-lag compensation to the P1 input. It supports


one lead compensation and two lag compensation factors. There is a
time constant for each compensation factor. Specifying a zero value
for any time constant suppresses the corresponding compensation.

Input One input value (P1) is required:


P1 must be fetched from another function block.

Outputs The following output is produced:


PV and its status, PVSTS and PVSTSFL

Equations This function block only supports one equation - a single input filtered
with one lead compensation and two lag compensations. There is a
time constant for each compensation factor. Specifying a zero value
for any time constant suppresses the corresponding compensation.

Parameters CPV P1STS


DPV PV
DESC PVFORMAT
EUDESC PVSTS
INITREQ PVSTSFL.BAD
LAG1TIME PVSTSFL.MAN
LAG2TIME PVSTSFL.NORM
LEADTIME PVSTSFL.UNCER
NAME PVVALSTS
ORDERINCM
P1

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the LEADLAG Block.

74 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.2. Auxiliary Blocks

ROC (Rate of Change)

ATTENTION
The ROC block can only be used with C300 Controllers and SIMC300.

Description It is desirable to prevent a random change in the output sequence.


The Rate of Change block is a computational block used on the input
side of Control blocks for limiting the input variable to the block
(typically SP). In Power plants, speed control of HT motors requires
control without exceeding the rate of change of the current. In some
temperature control applications, dynamic profiling is needed based
on the deviation of SP and the actual temperature.

Function If the input variation is more than the rate trip limit in either
direction, the rate of change of output is limited to the change
specified by the rate trip limits. The output changes at the specified
rate limits until the value is equal to the input variable.
PVROCBYPASSFL is provided in the function block to BYPASS
the rate trip limit.
If the rate limits are NaN, then limits are not applied and PV is set
to P1.
This block provides a Bad PV alarm based on the status of the
output.
For an invalid input (=NaN), rate limiting is not done and the output
is NaN.

Input P1 - Process Input 1.

PVROCPOSLM - Indicates a positive PV rate of change limit

PVROCNEGLM - Indicates a negative PV rate of change limit

Outputs PVROCPOSFL - This flag turns ON when the rate limiting is in the
positive direction.
PVROCNEGFL - This flag turns ON when the rate limiting is in the
negative direction.
PV - Output of ROC.

BADPVFL - This flag is set when a bad input is received at the


block.

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 75


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.2. Auxiliary Blocks

Parameters BADPVFL P1
BADPVALM.FL PV
BADPVALM.PR PVEUHI
BADPVALM.SV PVEULO
HIALM.PR PVROCNEGFL
HIALM.SV PVROCBYPASSFL
HIALM.TYPE PVROCPOSLM
INALM PVROCPOSFL
INPUTROC PVROCNEGLM

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the ROC Block.

SIGNALSEL (Signal Selector)


Description Lets you select one of up to six inputs using configured selection
criteria, or allows you to average two or more of the inputs.

Function The Signal Selector function block accepts as many as six input
signals, and may be configured to do one of the following on
these inputs:
Select the input with the minimum value.

Select the input with the maximum value.

Select the median input.

Calculate the average of the inputs.

Select an input based on the value of an external control


signal; that is, act as a multiplexor. With this option, the
function block accepts two to six inputs and a control signal.
Force the function block output to Bad.

The SIGNALSEL block provides a number of configuration


options, which makes it extremely flexible. Some examples of
how it can be used are:
Select the middle of three inputs. If one input is Bad, calculate
the average of the remaining two; and, if two inputs are Bad,
force the output to Bad.
Calculate the average of two inputs. If the difference between
the inputs exceeds a certain value for more than "x" seconds,

76 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.2. Auxiliary Blocks

issue an alarm; and, if it exceeds another value for more than


"y" seconds, force the output to Bad.
Select from two inputs, based on a Boolean value pushed
from another function block. Also provide bumpless switching
between the inputs.

Inputs This function block accepts between two to six selectable inputs,
P[1..6]. Minimum two inputs (P[1] and P[2]) are required.

If the block acts as a multiplexor then additionally a multiplex-


selector input (MUXSEL) is also required.

All inputs shall be fetched from other input blocks.

The minimum number of inputs is two. If less than two inputs are
connected a warning "At least two inputs need to be connected"
is provided during load, and activation of the block shall be
prevented.

If the total number of valid inputs.(NUMINPTS) is less than the


value of the configurable parameter Minimum Valid Inputs
(NMIN), the output of the block is Bad.

The NMIN parameter applies only to the following selection


methods: MIN, MAX, MED, or AVG, and is not applicable if the
selection method is MUX or Force selection is performed.

Input Ranges The function block always ignores Bad inputs (NaN). In addition,
and Limits the user may choose to ignore the "n" highest (IGNORHI) or/and
"m" lowest (IGNORLO) inputs. These values can be from Logic
blocks and user programs may also store in it - hence, the
number of ignored inputs may be dynamic.
If all the inputs are ignored, output is Bad.

If the total number of inputs to be ignored (n+m) is equal to or


greater than the total number of connected inputs, a warning
message "IGNORHI+IGNORLO should be less than the
number of connected inputs" is provided during load and
activation of the block is prevented. During the running state,
for the same condition, a non-critical error with the same error
message is displayed and the previous value of IGNORHI or
IGNORLO (whichever is causing the error) is retained.

The user may also choose to ignore inputs that are outside user-
specified ignore limits.

Ignore Limit Checking

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 77


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.2. Auxiliary Blocks

Ignore Limit is the maximum allowable range between the lowest


and highest input. Inputs that are outside this range (IGNORLM)
for more than a specified time (IGNORTM) are ignored.

The SIGNALSEL block performs ignore limit checking as follows:


It ignores Bad inputs (NaN), and the highest and lowest inputs
(defined by IGNORHI and IGNORLO).
If there are no remaining inputs, ignore limit checking is not
done for the block.
It calculates a "center value" from the inputs that remain:

If the number of remaining inputs is odd, "center value" =


the median input.
If the remaining inputs is even, center value" = the
average of the middle two inputs.
It calculates a high and low ignore limit from the specified limit
(IGNORLM):
High ignore limit = "center value" + IGNORLM / 2
Low ignore limit = "center value" - IGNORLM / 2
It compares each of the remaining inputs with the high and low
ignore limits.
If an input is outside the ignore limits for more than IGNORTM
(the ignore time) seconds, the function block updates the
appropriate parameters (the ignored input flags IGNORD,
IGNORDFL[1...6] and the current number of valid inputs
CURPINPT). As a result, the input is ignored in future
processing (that is, Input Selection).
The center value, high and low ignore limits shall be computed
every cycle of execution of the block.
Inputs that have been ignored on exceeding ignore limits, shall
become valid again when their value returns back within the
high and low ignore limits.

Note: If there are only two remaining inputs, and the difference
between them exceeds the ignore limit, the block's output (PV) is
set to NaN.

IGNORHI, IGNORLO and ignore limit checking shall not be


applicable for the MUX selection method.

78 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.2. Auxiliary Blocks

Outputs This auxiliary PV block produces an output PV and its status,


PVSTS.

The output parameter SELINP denotes which input, if any has


been selected as the output.

The Ignore Input feature produces the following output flags


The flag IGNORD indicates if any of the inputs is ignored or
not.
The parameter IGNORDFL[1..6] provides individual flags for
each input indicating if it was ignored

Equation The method for selecting inputs is determined by the


Options configuration parameter SELMETHOD, whose values are
tabulated below. Detailed operations of the selection methods are
provided in the section Selection Method.

Method Processing

MIN Select the input with the minimum value.


Ignored inputs are excluded.

MAX Select the input with the maximum value.


Ignored inputs are excluded.

MED Select the median input. Ignored inputs are


excluded.

AVG Calculate the average of the inputs. Ignored


inputs are excluded.

MUX Select an input based on the Multiplex value;


that is, act as a multiplexor. Inputs are not
ignored.

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 79


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.2. Auxiliary Blocks

Force-Select:
The operator or a user program may override the selection
method and "force select" a particular input using the
FRCPERM, FRCREQ, and FRCSEL parameters.
Force-select may override only the following selection
methods: MIN, MAX, MED, or AVG and is not applicable if the
selection method is MUX.
If the force selected input is not connected, then the PV value
is Bad (NaN) and the respective unconnected input remains
selected.
Ignore Inputs, Ignore limit checking, NMIN and deviation
alarming are not applicable during force selection. Also, the
deviation alarm state should return to normal.

Bumpless Input Switching:

The function block may be configured to provide bumpless


switching between inputs. If so it is configured, the block ramps
to the new input value when any of the following occur:
The selected input changes.

The number of valid inputs changes.

Ramping rate (PVRATE) is specified in rate of change per minute.


PV shall ramp at this rate to the new value. If the ramp rate is
zero bumping occurs. Ramping can be disabled by setting ramp
rate to NaN.

Parameters BLCKCOMMENT1 IGNORDHIIGNORDLOMEDO


BLCKCOMMENT2 PT
BLCKCOMMENT3 MUXSELNAME
BLCKCOMMENT4 NMIN
BOOLMUX NUMPINPT
CURPINPT ORDERINCM
DESC P[1..6]
DEVALM.ALL PDESC[1..10]
DEVALM.DBDEVALM.FL PSTS[1..6]
DEVALM.PR PV
DEVALM.SV PVFORMAT
DEVALM.TM PVRATE
DEVALM.TPDEVLMDEVTME PVSTS
UDESC PVSTSFL.ALL
FRCPERM PVSTSFL.BAD
FRCREQ PVSTSFL.MAN

80 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.2. Auxiliary Blocks

FRCSEL PVSTSFL.NORM
IGNORD PVSTSFL.UNCER
IGNORDFL[1..6] SELDESC
IGNORDHIIGNORDLO SELIN
SELMETHOD

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions


of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more


information on the SIGNALSEL Block.

Selection Method
MIN
The output (PV) gets the minimum value of all the valid (not ignored) inputs.
The selected input shall be the input that has this minimum value.
If two or more inputs have the minimum value then the selected input would be the
input with the highest index. For instance, if P[2] and P[5] have the minimum value
then the selected input would be P[5].
MAX
PV gets the maximum value of all the valid inputs.
The selected input shall be the input that has this maximum value.
If two or more inputs have the maximum value, then the selected input is the input
with the highest index. For instance, if P[2] and P[5] have the maximum value then
the selected input would be P[5].
AVG
PV shall be the average of only the valid inputs.
The selected input shall be None because PV is a calculated value and not any input
by itself.
MED
All the valid inputs are arranged in ascending order and median value is taken as PV.
If odd number of valid inputs is present, then the middle value is PV and the selected
input shall be the respective input.

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 81


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.2. Auxiliary Blocks

If even number of valid inputs is present then the PV shall be any one of the
following depending on the parameter 'Median Option for Middle Two Inputs
(MEDOPT)'.
If MEDOPT is MIN, then PV shall be the minimum of the middle two values and
the respective input shall be selected input.
If MEDOPT is MAX, then PV shall be the maximum of the middle two values and
the respective input shall be selected input.
If MEDOPT is AVG, then PV shall be the average of the middle two values and
selected input shall be none because average is computed.
Note: While arranging in ascending order, if two inputs have same value then the input
that comes first in order 1 to 6 precedes the other.

MUX
A Boolean flag BOOLMUX is employed to choose between Integer Mux selection
and Boolean Mux selection. If the flag is set to On, Boolean selection is performed,
otherwise Integer selection is performed.
In Integer Mux selection, a control signal MUXSEL (multiplex-selector) is required,
which is user configurable or fetched from other function block, or user programs
can also store to it.
If the fetched or configured MUXSEL value goes invalid, such as greater than the
number of process inputs, then the previous valid value of MUXSEL is retained and
the respective input remains selected.
If the fetched or configured MUXSEL is valid, but the input corresponding to
MUXSEL is not connected, then the PV value goes bad (NaN) and the respective
unconnected input remains selected.
In Boolean Mux selection, the SELXFL[1..6] flags are scanned from 1 to 6 and the
block selects an input whose corresponding SELXFL flag is first On.
If the Boolean selected input is not connected, then the PV value is bad (NaN) and
SELIN has the index of unconnected input.
If none of the SELXFL flag is on (but only the BOOLMUX is on and
SELMETHOD is Mux), then the PV value is bad (NaN) and SELIN's value has
None value.
Bad inputs may also be selected.

82 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.2. Auxiliary Blocks

Ignoring of Inputs and deviation alarming are not applicable for MUX. Also, the
deviation alarm state should return to normal.
PV gets the value of the selected input.
If the value of the input denoted by the control signal is Bad, then the PV is also
Bad.

TOTALIZER block
Description Periodically adds an input value (P1) to an accumulator value (PV);
sets status flags to indicate when accumulator value is "near",
"nearer", "nearest" the user specified target value.

Function Typically used to accumulate flows. For situations where flow


transmitter may not be precisely calibrated near zero-flow value, a
zero-flow cutoff feature is provided such that when P1 is below the
cutoff value it clamps to 0 (zero).

Block also supports warm restart.

Input One input (P1) is required:


P1 is the value to be accumulated -- input value may be Real,
Integer or Boolean, but is stored as a Real number.
P1 must be fetched from another block.

Number of process input connections is 1.

Outputs The following outputs are produced:


Accumulated value (PV) and its status (PVSTS), as well as a
Boolean flag, PVSTSFL.BAD, to indicate to other function blocks,
that this block's PV status is bad.
Flags, indicating if accumulated value has reached user-specified
target value or one of the accumulator deviation trip points
(ACCTVFL and ACCDEV.FL(1-4]).

Equations You can configure PVEQN to specify how the block should handle
bad input and warm restarts. Specific handling combinations for a
given PVEQN selection are:

Equation Bad Input Handling Warm Restart Handling

EqA Use zero if input is bad Continue after input turns


valid

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 83


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.2. Auxiliary Blocks

EqB Use last good value if Continue after input turns


input is bad valid

EqC Stop if the input is bad and Continue after input turns
set PV to NaN valid

EqD Use zero if input is bad Stop after a warm restart

EqE Use last good value if Stop after a warm restart


input is bad

EqF Stop if the input is bad and Stop after a warm restart
set PV to NaN

Parameters ACCDEV.FL[1..4] PV
ACCDEV.TP[1..4] PVEQN
ACCTV PVFORMAT
ACCTVFL PVSTS
C1 PVSTSFL.BAD
CMDATTR PVSTSFL.NORM
COMMAND PVSTSFL.NORM
CUTOFF.LM PVSTSFL.UNCER
DESC PVVALSTS
EUDESC RESETFL
HIALM RESETVAL
LASTGOOD STARTFL
NAME STATE
OLDAV STOPFL
ORDERINCM TIMEBASE
P1
P1STS

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the TOTALIZER Block.

84 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.3. Device Control Block

3.3 Device Control Block


DEVCTL (Device Control) block
Description Provides multi-input, multi-output function for interfacing to discrete
devices such as motors, pumps, solenoid valves and motor-operated
valves. The Device Control block contains built-in structures for
handling interlocks and supports display of the interlock conditions in
group, detail and graphic displays.

Function Allows the manipulation of sets of digital outputs and interprets


corresponding feedback of digital inputs represented by the state
parameter PV (Current Feedback State).

Operation consists of transmitting commands represented by state


parameter OP (commanded output state), monitoring PV, and
producing alarms based on various configurations, such as if PV has
not achieved state commanded in OP.

Provides safety interlocks, individual state interlocks, initialization


manual, maintenance statistics, and batch level 1 drive functions.

Inputs May contain from 0 to 4 inputs (DI [1..4]); each input is a Boolean
value that represents the state of other block output or a field
DICHANNEL block.

Outputs May contain from 0 to 3 outputs. Each output can be Boolean


(DO[1..3]) or pulsed (PO[1..3]). You can only connect a DO[1..3] or a
PO[1..3] to any one output at a time.
You can connect the Boolean output DO[1..3] to a Boolean
parameter in any other function block or to the DO.SO in the
DOCHANNEL block.
You can only connect the pulsed output PO[1..3] to a
DO.ONPULSE or DO.OFFPULSE in the DOCHANNEL block.
Note that you can only connect one Boolean (DO[1..3]) or one
pulsed (PO[1..3]) output to any one DOCHANNEL block as a
DO.SO or DO.ONPULSE or DO.OFFPULSE, respectively.

Alarms An available set of PV state alarms may be configured to represent


Bad PV or disagreements between the commanded output state (OP)
and the feedback state (PV). A variety of override alarms are also
available. Each of these alarms possesses all the standard attributes
of system alarms.

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 85


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.3. Device Control Block

Parameters ASTEPID MOMSTATE


BADPVALM.FL NAME
BADPVALM.PR NORMMODE
BADPVALM.SV NORMMODEATTR
BYPASS NULLPVFL
BYPPERM NUMDINPTS
CLROPREQFL NUMDOUTS
CMDDISALM.FL NUMSIOVRD
CMDDISALM.PR NUMSTATES
CMDDISALM.SV NUMTRANS[0..2]
CMDDISALM.TM[0..2] OFFNRMALM.FL
CMDFALALM.FL OFFNRMALM.PR
CMDFALALM.PR OFFNRMALM.SV
CMDFALALM.SV OI[0..2]
CMDFALALM.TM[0..2] OIALM.FL[0..2]
CONTROLREQ OIALM.OPT[0..2]
DESC OIALM.PR[0..2]
DI[1..4] OIALM.SV[0..2]
DIPVMAP[0..15] OP
DO[1..3] OPCMD[0..2]
EUDESC OPDOMAP[0..3][1..3]
GOP OPFINAL
GOPFINAL OPREQ
GOPREQ OPTYPE
GOPSCADA ORDER
GPV ORDERINCM
GPVAUTO PI[0..2]
HIALM.PR PO[1..3]
HIALM.SV POCONNECTED[1..3]
HIALM.TYPE PULSEWIDTH[1..3]
HOLDOPT PV
INALM PVAUTO
INBETFL PVFL[0..2]
INITCONNECTD[1..3] PVSOURCE
INITMAN PVSRCOPT
INITOPOPT PVSTS
INITREQ[0..2] REDTAG
LASTGOPREQ RESETFL
LASTOPREQ RESTARTOPT
LASTOPTYPE SAFEOP
LASTREQFL SAFEREDTAG
LASTSTEP SEALOPT
LOCALMAN SI
MAINTOPT SIALM.FL
MAXTIME[0..2] SIALM.OPT
MAXTRANS[0..2] SIALM.PR
MODE SIALM.SV

86 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.4. Data Acquisition Block

MODEATTR STARTOPT
MODEATTRFL.NORM STATETEXT[0..6]
MODEATTRFL.OPER STATETIME[0..2]
MODEATTRFL.PROG STOPOPT
MODETRACK UNCMDALM.FL
UNCMDALM.PR
UNCMDALM.SV

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the DEVCTL Block.

3.4 Data Acquisition Block


DATAACQ (Data Acquisition) block
Description Processes a specified process input value (P1) with or without
filtering into an output value (PV).

Function Normally configured to fetch process input from an AI device,


controller or another function block; it performs the following major
functions:
Brings input data and updates the input (P1) and its status P1STS.
If input provides value only, P1STS is derived from the value.
PV characterization option lets you configure Linear or Square
Root conversion on the P1 input, if required.
Low signal cut off function lets you configure a low cutoff value for
P1 with Linear or Square Root PV characterization.
Performs filtering (P1FILTTIME) and clamping (P1CLAMPOPT) on
P1 through parameters P1FILTTIME and P1CLAMPOPT, and
stores the result in PVAUTO.
Generates alarm flags when PV exceeds any number of user-
specified alarm trip points for more than a designated time interval.
PV source selection option (PVSOURCE) supports automatic,
manual, and substitute. A PV source selection of manual means
an operator can store a value to the output (PV). A selection of
substitute means a user program can store a value to PV.

Input Requires one process input value (P1) that must be fetched from

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 87


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.4. Data Acquisition Block

another block.
Number of process input connections (NUMPINT) is 1.

P1STS provides the status of P1.

Input Ranges PVEUHI and PVEULO define the full range of P1 in engineering
and Limits units.
PVEUHI is 100% of full scale value.
PVEULO is 0% of full scale value.
PVEXHILM and PVEXLOLM define the high and low limits of P1in
engineering units.
If P1 clamping is desired (P1CLAMPOPT = Enable), the
block clamps the input within PVEXHILM and PVEXLOLM.

Output Produces an output value (PV) and its status (PVSTS).

Alarm Block may be configured to generate an alarm when PV exceeds one


Processing of various trip points (XXXX.TP parameters) for more than a specified
time.
Parameters with the following suffixes also apply to alarm
processing:
XXXX.DB, XXXX.DBU (deadband, deadband units)
XXXX.FL (alarm flag)
XXXX.PR (priority)
XXXX.SV (severity)
XXXX.TP (trip point)
XXXX.CT (alarm count)

Where XXXX stands for one of the following:

PVHIALM PVLLALM PVHISIGCHG

PVHHALM ROCPOSALM PVLOSIGCHG

PVLOALM ROCNEGALM Bad PV Alarm

Parameters ALMDB PVHHALM.TM


ALMDBU PVHHALM.TP
ALMTM PVHIALM.DB
BADPVALM.FL PVHIALM.DB
BADPVALM.PR PVHIALM.DBU
88 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110
Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.5. Logic Blocks

BADPVALM.SV PVHIALM.FL
DESC PVHIALM.PR
EUDESC PVHIALM.SV
HIALM.PR PVHIALM.TM
HIALM.SV PVHIALM.TP
HIALM.TYPE PVHISIGCHG.CT
INALM PVHISIGCHG.TP
INSBLOCK[1..10] PVLLALM.DB
INSFAILFL PVLLALM.DBU
INSFAIL.PR PVLLALM.FL
INSFAIL.SV PVLLALM.PR
LASTGOODPV PVLLALM.SV
LOCUTOFF PVLLALM.TM
NAME PVLLALM.TP
ORDERINCM PVLOALM.DB
NUMINSERT PVLOALM.DBU
P1 PVLOALM.FL
P1CLAMPOPT PVLOALM.PR
P1EU PVLOALM.SV
P1FILTINIT PVLOALM.TM
P1FILTTIME PVLOALM.TP
P1STS PVLOSIGCHG.CT
PV PVLOSIGCHG.TP
PVAUTO PVP
PVAUTOSTS PVSOURCE
PVCHAR PVSRCOPT
PVEUHI PVSTS
PVEULO PVSTSFL.BAD
PVEXHIFL PVSTSFL.MAN
PVEXHILM PVSTSFL.NORM
PVEXLOFL PVSTSFL.UNCER
PVEXLOLM PVVALSTS
PVFORMAT ROCNEGALM.FL
PVHHALM.DB ROCNEGALM.PR
PVHHALM.DBU ROCNEGALM.SV
PVHHALM.FL ROCNEGALM.TP
PVHHALM.PR ROCPOSALM.FL
PVHHALM.SV ROCPOSALM.PR
ROCPOSALM.SV
ROCPOSALM.TP

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the DATAACQ Block.

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 89


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.5. Logic Blocks

3.5 Logic Blocks


AND block
Description Provides up to 8-input AND algorithm, that is, it performs the
Boolean operation of conjunction. Each input (IN[1], IN[2], ..., IN[8])
has the capability of being optionally inverted, if required.

Function Turns the Boolean value output (OUT) ON only when all inputs
(IN[1], IN[2], ..., IN[8]) are ON. Therefore:

If all inputs (IN[1..8]) are ON, then: OUT = ON.

If any input (IN[x]) is OFF, then: OUT = OFF.

If input is inverted, then:


Actual_IN[x] = NOT (IN[x])

Else, Actual_IN[x] = IN[x]

Where x equals any valid input.

Truth Table IN[1] IN[2] OUT

OFF OFF OFF

OFF ON OFF

ON OFF OFF

ON ON ON

Inputs IN[1..8] = Boolean value

Outputs OUT = Boolean value controlled by the status of the input signals.

Parameters IN[1..8] ORDERINCM


INPTINVSTS[1..8] OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the AND Block.

90 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.5. Logic Blocks

CHECKBAD block
Description Provides bad input handling for desired input.

Function Checks if input (IN) value equals NaN.


If IN = NaN

Then, OUT = ON

Else, OUT = OFF

Inputs IN = Real number

Outputs OUT = Boolean value

Parameters IN ORDERINCM
OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the CHECKBAD Block.

CHECKBOOL block
Description Evaluates the input connections and passes these input values to its
associated outputs based on specific configuration settings.

Function Determines the action to be taken in the event of an invalid input. If


the value of INSTS[1..8] is kBadValSts, the value passed through the
block, from IN[1..8] to OUT[1..8], is modified based on the
configuration of the BADINACT[1..8] parameter.

Also, the Inactive Input Detection Threshold, ( INACTINDETTM[n])


parameter is used, in conjunction with BADINACT[n] as the amount of
time that must expire before the block determines if it should take the
configured Bad Input Action. During this detection time, the input
status must be continually INACTIVE in order for the action to be
taken. When the input is INACTIVE for less than this time, no action
is taken. If the input goes INACTIVE again, the time starts counting
over. This time is configured in seconds and has a range of 0-8000
seconds.

If BADINACT is configured as OFF


then OUT[1..8] is set equal to OFF

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 91


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.5. Logic Blocks

If BADINACT is configured as ON
then OUT[1..8] is set equal to ON

If BADINACT is configured as HoldLast


then OUT[1..8] is set equal to LASTIN[1..8]
Inputs IN = Boolean value

Outputs OUT = Boolean value

Parameters IN[1..8] BADINACT[1..8]


INACTINDETTM[1..8] BADINDETTM[1..8]
INSTS[1..8] BADINACTMINTM[1..8]
INSRC[1..8] OUT[1..8]
LASTIN[1..8] OUTSTS[1..8]
LASTINSTS[1..8]

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the CHECKBOOL Block.

CHGEXEC (Change Execution) block

ATTENTION
Refer to the Control Builder Components Theory for the list of function blocks
qualified to run under change driven execution.

Description The CHGEXEC block helps in optimizing the performance of control


modules (CM) used exclusively for logic computation. CHGEXEC is
used to create CM logic strategies which execute most of their logic
by exception, thereby reducing the average processing power
consumed by the strategy. It runs within the CEE on the C300
controller.

Function The CHGEXEC block enables the design of change driven logic
strategies within CMs. Some of the key functionalities of the
CHGEXEC block are as follows:
Supports up to 32 change detected Boolean inputs.

Supports output of captured inputs to downstream blocks to


prevent consumption of inconsistent data during CM execution.
Supports a cascade output that allows operation of multiple
92 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110
Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.5. Logic Blocks

CHGEXEC instances to be coordinated.


Supports a slow, periodic, background execution for convenience
in strategy design.
Supports engineer-only test options which allow strategy designers
to force it to suspend background execution or to execute
continuously in the absence of input changes.

Inputs DATA: Supports 32 change detected Boolean inputs.

Outputs Supports output of captured inputs to downstream blocks to


prevent consumption of inconsistent data during CM execution.
Supports a cascade output that allows operation of multiple
CHGEXEC instances to be coordinated.

Parameters AUTOPERIOD DATA[1..32]


AUTOPHASE</PJ> EXITOPTLASTDATA[1..32]
BLCKCOMMENT1 NUMDATA
BLCKCOMMENT2 TESTOPT
BLCKCOMMENT3 TRIGGER
BLCKCOMMENT4
CHGINDEX

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Components Theory for more information


on the CHGEXEC Block.

CONTACTMON (Contact Monitoring) block

ATTENTION
The CONTACTMON block can only be used with C300 Controllers and
SIMC300.

Description The Contact Monitoring function block is used for limit switches with
NO and NC Contact with the same activation mechanism. In most
cases, the limit switch serves some critical applications. When both
digital inputs are ON or OFF at the same time indicating that the
switch is malfunctioning, an alarm needs to be generated to attract
immediate attention to the problem. This functionality is achieved
using the Contact Monitoring function block.

Function Enables alarm generation whenever the state of both inputs is

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 93


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.5. Logic Blocks

same or different based on the normal state configuration.


Provides the input switch status as OUT1 and OUT2.

Inputs IN[1..2] - Input parameter corresponding to the NO and NC Contact of


the same micro switch.

Outputs PVFL - gives the negated XOR results of IN[1] and IN[2].

OUT1 - Tracks IN[1] when both inputs of COC are not ON.

OUT2 - Tracks IN[2] when both inputs of COC are not ON.

Parameters HIALM.PR PV
HIALM.SV</PJ> PVFL
HIALM.TYPE STATE0
IN[1,2] OUT1
INALM OUT2
NORMAL STATE1
OFFNRMALM.FL STATETEXT[0..1]
OFFNRMALM.SV
OFFNRMALM.PR

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the CONTACTMON Block.

DELAY block
Description Provides the ability to delay the output (OUT) response to the given
input (IN) by one sample time delay.

Function The OUT always follows the input (IN) action after one sample time
delay.

Inputs IN = Boolean value

Outputs OUT = Boolean value

Parameters INORDERINCM OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the DELAY Block.

94 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.5. Logic Blocks

EQ (Equal) block
Description Provides a 2-input Compare Equal (with deadband range) function,
that is, it compares two inputs for equality within a specified deadband
range or, for single input, a designated Trip Point (TP) parameter.

Function Turns the digital output (OUT) ON only when the two inputs (IN[1] and
IN[2]) are considered equal within a specified deadband range or, for
single input, a designated Trip Point (TP) parameter..

Inputs IN[1..2] = real numbers


If only 1 input connection is configured, an input port is displayed
for parameter TP and the value of TP is used instead of IN[2].
If IN[1] and/or IN[2] are NaN (Not a Number), OUT = INBADOPT.

DEADBAND1, DEADBAND2 and TP have the same data types as


the inputs.
DEADBAND1 and DEADBAND2 must satisfy this constraint: 0 <=
DEADBAND1 <= DEADBAND2

Outputs OUT = Boolean value controlled by the status of the input signals.

Comparison blocks set their outputs to a configurable INBADOPT that


defines the output fail-safe value when any input is NaN. This is
required, since it is not specified whether the comparison is ordered
or unordered.

Parameters DEADBAND1 NUMOFINPUTS


DEADBAND2 ORDERINCM
IN[0..2] OUT
INBADOPT TP

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the EQ Block.

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 95


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.5. Logic Blocks

FTRIG (Falling-edge Trigger) block


Description Falling-edge Trigger Block -- sets the output (OUT) to ON following
the ON-to-OFF transition of the input and stays ON until the next
execution cycle, at which time it returns to OFF.

Function Provides falling edge change detection, thereby turning the output ON
if an ON-to-OFF transition is detected.

Input IN = Boolean value

Output OUT = Boolean value

Parameters IN ORDERINCM
OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the FTRIG Block.

GE (Greater than or Equal to) block


Description Provides a 2-input Compare Greater Than or Equal (with deadband)
function, that is it checks to see if one designated input (IN[1]) is
greater than or equal to either a second input (IN[2]) or, for single
input, a designated trip point parameter.

Function Turns the digital output (OUT) ON only when one designated input
(IN[1]) is greater than or equal to a second input (IN[2]) or, for single
input, a designated trip point parameter (TP) as follows:
If IN[1] >= IN[2], then: OUT = ON.

If IN[1] < (IN[2] - DEADBAND), then: OUT = OFF.

If (IN[2] - DEADBAND) < IN[1] < IN[2], then output is not changed.

Inputs IN[1..2] = Real numbers


If only one input connection is configured, an input port is displayed
for parameter TP and the value of TP is used instead of IN[2].
If IN[1] and/or IN[2] are Not a Number (NaN), OUT is set to
INBADOPT.
DEADBAND and TP have the same data type as that of the inputs.

96 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.5. Logic Blocks

Output OUT = Boolean value controlled by the status of the input signals.

Comparison blocks set their outputs to a configurable INBADOPT that


defines the output fail-safe value when any input is NaN. This is
required, since it is not specified whether the comparison is ordered
or unordered.

Parameters DEADBAND ORDERINCM


IN[0..2] OUT
INBADOPT TP
NUMOFINPUTS

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the GE Block.

GT (Greater Than) block


Description Provides a 1- or 2-input Compare Greater Than (with deadband)
function, that is, it checks to see if one designated input (IN[1]) is
greater than either a second input (IN[2]) or, for single input, a
designated trip point parameter (TP).

Function Turns the digital output (OUT) ON only when one designated input
(IN[1]) is greater than a second input (IN[2]) or, for single input, a
designated Trip Point parameter (TP) as follows:
If IN[1] > IN[2], then: OUT = ON.

If IN[1] <= (IN[2] - DEADBAND), then: OUT = OFF.

If (IN[2] - DEADBAND) < IN[1] <= IN[2], then: OUT is not changed.

Input IN[1..2] = Real numbers


If only one input connection is configured, an input port is displayed
for parameter TP and the value of TP is used instead of IN[2].
If IN[1] and/or IN[2]are Not a Number( NaN), OUT is set to
INBADOPT.
DEADBAND and TP have the same data type as that of the inputs.

Outputs OUT = Boolean value controlled by the status of the input signals.

Comparison blocks set their outputs to a configurable INBADOPT that


defines the output fail-safe value when any input is NaN. This is

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 97


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.5. Logic Blocks

required, since it is not specified whether the comparison is ordered


or unordered.

Parameters DEADBAND ORDERINCM


IN[0..2] OUT
INBADOPT TP
NUMOFINPUTS

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the GT Block.

LE (Less than or Equal to) block


Description Provides a 2-input Compare Less Than or Equal (with deadband)
function, that is, it checks to see if one designated input (IN[1]) is less
than or equal to either a second input (IN[2]) or, for single input, a
designated Trip Point parameter (TP).

Function Turns the digital output (OUT) ON only when one designated input
(IN[1]) is less than or equal to a second input (IN[2]) or, for single
input, a designated Trip Point parameter (TP) as follows:
If IN[1] <= IN[2], then: OUT = ON.

If IN[1] > (IN[2] + DEADBAND), then: OUT = OFF.

If IN[2] < IN[1] <= (IN[2] + DEADBAND), then: output is not


changed.

Inputs IN[1..2] = Real numbers


If only one input connection is configured, an input port is displayed
for parameter TP and the value of TP is used instead of IN[2].
If IN[1] and/or IN[2] are NaN (Not a Number), OUT is set to
INBADOPT.
DEADBAND and TP have the same data type as that of the inputs.

Outputs OUT = Boolean value controlled by the status of the input signals.

Comparison blocks set their outputs to a configurable INBADOPT that


defines the output fail-safe value when any input is NaN. This is
required, since it is not specified whether the comparison is ordered
or unordered.

98 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.5. Logic Blocks

Parameters DEADBAND ORDERINCM


IN[0..2] OUT
INBADOPT TP
NUMOFINPUTS

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the LE Block

LIMIT block
Description Provides a 3-input limit function, meaning that it provides an output
that is maintained within a specified range as defined by user-
specified minimum and maximum values.

Function Provides an output that is maintained within a specified range as


follows:
MIN <= OUT <= MAX

If IN = NaN, then, OUT = NaN

Inputs IN = real number

Output OUT = real number maintained within a specified range

Parameters IN MIN
MAX ORDERINCM
OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the LIMIT Block..

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 99


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.5. Logic Blocks

LT (Less Than) block


Description Provides a 1- or 2-input Compare Less Than (with deadband)
function, meaning that it checks to see if one designated input (IN[1])
is less than either a second input (IN[2]) or, for single input, a
designated Trip Point parameter (TP).

Function Turns the digital output (OUT) ON only when one designated input
(IN[1]) is less than a second input (IN[2]) or, for single input, a
designated trip point parameter (TP) as follows:
If IN[1] < IN[2], then: OUT = ON.

If IN[1] >= (IN[2] + DEADBAND), then: OUT = OFF.

If IN[2] <= IN[1] < (IN[2] + DEADBAND), then: OUT is not


changed.

Inputs IN[1..2] = Real numbers


If only one input connection is configured, an input port is displayed
for parameter TP and the value of TP is used instead of IN[2].
If IN[1] and/or IN[2] are Not a Number (NaN), OUT is set to
INBADOPT.
DEADBAND and TP have the same data type as that of the inputs.

Outputs OUT = Boolean value controlled by the status of the input signals.

Comparison blocks set their outputs to a configurable INBADOPT that


defines the output fail-safe value when any input is NaN. This is
required, since it is not specified whether the comparison is ordered
or unordered.

Parameters DEADBAND ORDERINCM


IN[0..2] OUT
INBADOPT TP
NUMOFINPUTS

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the LT Block.

100 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.5. Logic Blocks

MAX block
Description Provides an 8-input MAX function, that is, it provides an output with
the maximum value of eight inputs.

Function Used to isolate the highest value of multiple input values and use it as
a designated output value. This block ignores NaN inputs.

Inputs IN[1..8] = Real numbers

Output OUT = Real number

Parameters EUDESC NUMOFINPUTS


HIALM ORDERINCM
IN[1..8] OUT
INPTINVSTS[1..8]

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the MAX Block.

MAXPULSE block
Description Provides a maximum time limit pulse output (OUT) each time the
input (IN) transitions from OFF to ON. You can specify the maximum
output pulse width (PULSEWIDTH) in seconds through configuration.

Function Used to limit the output (OUT) pulse to a maximum width.


If the input (IN) pulse time is less than or equal to the specified
PULSEWIDTH time, IN is assumed to equal one output (OUT)
pulse.
If the IN pulse time is greater than the specified PULSEWIDTH
time, OUT pulse terminates at end of specified PULSEWIDTH
time.

Inputs IN = Boolean value

Output OUT = Boolean value

Parameters IN OUT
ORDERINCM PULSEWIDTH

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 101


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.5. Logic Blocks

each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the MAXPULSE Block.

MIN block
Description Provides an 8-input MIN function, that is, it provides an output with
the minimum value of eight inputs.

Function Used to isolate the lowest value of multiple input values and provide it
as a designated output value. This block ignores NaN inputs.

Inputs IN[..8] = Real numbers

Output OUT = Real number

Parameters IN[1..8] ORDERINCM


NUMOFINPUTS OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the MIN Block.

MINPULSE block
Description Provides a minimum time limit pulse output (OUT) each time the input
(IN) transitions from OFF to ON. You specify the minimum output
pulse width (PULSEWIDTH) in seconds through configuration.

Function Used to define the minimum output (OUT) pulse width.


If the input (IN) pulse time is less than or equal to the specified
PULSEWIDTH time, output (OUT) pulse width equals the specified
PULSEWIDTH time.
If the IN pulse time is greater than the specified PULSEWIDTH
time, OUT pulse width tracks IN pulse time, so OUT pulse exceeds
specified PULSEWIDTH time.

Inputs IN = Boolean value

Output OUT = Boolean value

Parameters IN OUT

102 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.5. Logic Blocks

ORDERINCM PULSEWIDTH

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the MINPULSE Block.

MUX (Multiplexer) block


Description Provides up to 8-input Extensible Multiplexer algorithm, that is, it
selects 1 of "n" inputs depending on a separate input K.

Function Sets the actual output (OUT) to a particular input (IN[1], IN[2], ...,
IN[8]) depending on the value of a separate input K. Input K is
clamped at 0 and 7.

Truth Table K OUT

0 IN1

1 IN2

n-1 INn

Inputs IN[1..8] = Boolean value

K = 8-bit unsigned integer

Output OUT = Boolean value

Parameters IN[1..8] ORDERINCM


K OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the MUX Block.

MUXREAL (Real Multiplexer) block


Description Provides up to 8-input real Multiplexer algorithm, that is, it selects 1
of "n" inputs depending on a separate input K.

Function Sets the actual output (OUT) to a particular input (IN[1], IN[2], ...,
IN[8]) depending on the value of a separate input K. Input K is

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 103


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.5. Logic Blocks

clamped at 0 and 7.

Truth Table K OUT

0 IN1

1 IN2

n-1 INn

Inputs IN[..8] = Real numbers

K = 8-bit unsigned integer.

Outputs OUT = real number

Parameters IN[1..8] ORDERINCM


K OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the MUXREAL Block.

MVOTE (Majority Voting) block


Description Provides an output (MAJ) value that equals the value of the majority
of the inputs (IN[1..8]) and sets another output (DISCREP) to ON if
not all inputs agree for a specified time (DELAY). You can specify the
time (DELAYTIME) in seconds through configuration. You must also
specify the number of inputs (NUMOFINPUTS) through configuration.

Function Sets the MAJ output equal to the value of the majority of the inputs
(IN[1..8]).

Sets the DISCREP output to ON, if not all inputs agree during the
specified time (DELAY). DELAY is a unit integer with time unit in
seconds.

Inputs IN[1..8] = Boolean value.

Outputs MAJ, DISCREP =Boolean value

Parameters DELAYTIME MAJ


DISCREP NUMOFINPUTS
IN[1..8] ORDERINCM

104 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.5. Logic Blocks

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the MVOTE Block.

NAND block
Description Provides up to 8-input NAND algorithm, that is, it performs an
inverted AND function. Each input (IN[1], IN[2], ..., IN[8]) has the
capability of being optionally inverted, if required.

Function Turns the digital output (OUT) OFF only when all inputs (IN[1], IN[2],
..., IN[8]) are ON; therefore:
If all inputs are ON, then: OUT = OFF.

If any input is OFF, then: OUT = ON.

Truth Table IN[1] IN[2] OUT

OFF OFF ON

OFF ON ON

ON OFF ON

ON ON OFF

Inputs IN[1], IN[2], ..., IN[8] = digital signals.

Output OUT = digital signal controlled by status of the input signals.

Parameters IN[1..8] ORDERINCM


INPTINVSTS[1..8] OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the NAND Block.

NE (Not Equal) block


Description Provides a 2-input Compare Not Equal (with deadband range)
function, that is, it checks to see if one designated input (IN[1]) is not
equal to either a second input (IN[2]) or, for single input, a designated

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 105


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.5. Logic Blocks

trip point parameter (TP).

Function Turns the digital output (OUT) ON only when the two inputs (IN[1] and
IN[2]) are not considered equal within a specified deadband range.
If ABS (IN[1] -IN[2]) <= DEADBAND1, then: OUT = OFF.

Else, if ABS (IN[1] -IN[2]) > DEADBAND2, then: OUT = ON.

If IN[1] and/or IN[2] are NaN (Not a Number), OUT is set to


INBADOPT.
DEADBAND1 and DEADBAND2 must satisfy the following
constraint: 0<= DEADBAND1 <= DEADBAND2.
DEADBAND1, DEADBAND2, and TP = real numbers.

Inputs IN[1] and IN[2] = real numbers


If there is only one input, then IN[2] = TP.

Output OUT = Boolean value.

Comparison blocks set their outputs to a configurable INBADOPT that


defines the output fail-safe value when any input is NaN. This is
required, since it is not specified whether the comparison is ordered
or unordered.

Parameters DEADBAND1 NUMOFINPUTS


DEADBAND2 ORDERINCM
IN[0..2] OUT
INBADOPT TP

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the NE Block.

nOON (n out of N voting) block


Description n (N)-out-of-N (IN) voting block; outputs are computed as follows:
VOTED output is set to ON if at least n (N) inputs are ON,
otherwise it is set to OFF.
ORED output is set to ON if any input is ON, otherwise it is set to
OFF.
ALARM output is a pulse output -- every time an input turns ON, a

106 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.5. Logic Blocks

fixed pulse (of the pulsewidth specified by PULSEWIDTH


parameter) is generated, provided the total number of inputs which
are ON is less than n.

Function Provides VOTED, ORED and ALARM outputs in support of logical


functions.

Inputs IN[1..20] = Boolean value

N = 8-bit unsigned integer (range = 1-5)


There can be a maximum of 20 inputs (IN = 20)

Outputs VOTED, ORED = Boolean state (ON or OFF) as determined by the


inputs.
ALARM = pulse output, width specified by parameter
PULSEWIDTH. PULSEWIDTH is a unit integer with time unit in
seconds.

Parameters ALARM ORDERINCM


IN[1..20] ORED
N PULSEWIDTH
VOTED

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the nOON Block.

NOR block
Description Provides up to 8-input NOR algorithm, that is, it performs an inverted
OR function. Each input (IN[1], IN[2], ..., IN[8]) has the capability of
being optionally inverted, if required.

Function Turns the digital output (OUT) OFF if any one input (IN[1], IN[2], ...,
IN[8]) is ON; therefore:
If all inputs are OFF, then: OUT = ON.

If any one input is ON, then: OUT = OFF.

Truth Table IN[1] IN[2] OUT

OFF OFF ON

OFF ON OFF

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 107


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.5. Logic Blocks

ON OFF OFF

ON ON OFF

Inputs IN[1..8] = Boolean values.

Outputs OUT = Boolean value controlled by status of input signals.

Parameters INPTINVSTS[1..8] ORDERINCM


OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the NOR Block.

NOT block
Description Provides a NOT algorithm, that is, it performs an inversion function.

Function Reverses the state of a digital input (IN) such that the output (OUT) is
the complement of the single input; therefore:
OUT = opposite of IN

If IN = ON, then: OUT = OFF.


If IN = OFF, then OUT = ON.

Truth Table IN OUT

OFF ON

ON OFF

Input IN = Boolean value

Output OUT = complement of input signal (Boolean)

Parameters EUDESC ORDERINCM


HIALM OUT
IN

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the NOT Block.

108 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.5. Logic Blocks

OFFDELAY block
Description When the input state changes from ON to OFF, an internal timer
starts counting down the delay specified by DLYTIME. When it times
out, the input is monitored again, and if it is still OFF, the output is set
OFF, When the input state transitions to ON, the output is set to ON
immediately and the timer is shut off.

Function Used to delay the input by a specified delay time after an ON/OFF
device transitions from the ON state to the OFF state.
Delay time in seconds is specified by the DELAYTIME parameter.

Inputs IN = Boolean value


No delay is provided when the input goes from the OFF state back
to the ON state.

Outputs OUT = Boolean value

When the input transitions from the OFF state to the ON state, the
output is set to ON immediately.

Parameters DELAYTIME ORDERINCM


IN OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the OFFDELAY Block.

ONDELAY block
Description When the input state changes from OFF to ON, an internal timer
starts counting down the delay specified by DLYTIME. When it times
out, the input is monitored again, and if it is still ON, the output is set
ON, When the input state transitions to OFF, the output is set to OFF
immediately and the timer is shut off.

Function Used to delay the input by a specified delay time after an ON/OFF
device transitions from the OFF state to the ON state.
Delay time in seconds is specified by the DELAYTIME parameter.

Input IN = Boolean value

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 109


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.5. Logic Blocks

No delay is provided when the input goes from the ON state back
to the OFF state.

Output OUT = Boolean value


When the input transitions from the ON state to the OFF state, the
output is set to OFF immediately.

Parameters DELAYTIME ORDERINCM


IN OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the ONDELAY Block.

OR block
Description Provides up to 8-input OR algorithm, that is, it performs the inclusive
OR Boolean function. Each input (IN[1], IN[2], ..., IN[8]) has the
capability of being optionally inverted, if required.

Function Turns the digital output (OUT) ON if any one input (IN[1], IN[2], ...,
IN[8]) is ON; therefore:
If all inputs are OFF, then: OUT = OFF.

If any one input is ON, then: OUT = ON.

Truth Table IN[1] IN[2] OUT

OFF OFF OFF

ON OFF ON

OFF ON ON

ON ON ON

Inputs IN[1..8] = Boolean value

Output OUT = Boolean value controlled by the status of input signals.

Parameters IN[1..8] ORDERINCM


INPTINVSTS[1..8] OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.5. Logic Blocks

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the OR Block.

PULSE block
Description Provides a fixed pulse output (OUT) each time the input (IN)
transitions from OFF to ON. You specify the fixed output pulse width
(PULSEWIDTH) in seconds through configuration.

Function Used to define the fixed output (OUT) pulse width.


If the input (IN) pulse time is less than or equal to the fixed
PULSEWIDTH time, output (OUT) pulse width equals the fixed
PULSEWIDTH time.
If the IN pulse time is greater than the fixed PULSEWIDTH time,
OUT pulse width is restricted to the fixed PULSEWIDTH time.
Another output pulse cannot be generated until the preceding
pulse has completed.

Inputs IN = Boolean value

Output OUT = Boolean value

Parameters IN OUT
ORDERINCM PULSEWIDTH

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the PULSE Block.

QOR (Qualified OR) block


Description Qualified-OR provides an (N + 1)-input generic qualified-OR function,
that is, the output (OUT) is turned ON if a certain number (k) of total
inputs (IN[n]) is ON. Each input (IN[1], IN[2], ..., IN[8]) has the
capability of being optionally inverted, if required.

Function Turns the output (OUT) ON if a specified number (K) of total inputs is
ON.

Truth Table IN[1] IN[2] IN[3] IN[4] IN[5] K OUT

ON ON OFF ON OFF 3 ON

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 111


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.5. Logic Blocks

Inputs IN[1..8] = Boolean value

K = 1 to 8 (Integer)

Outputs OUT = Boolean value controlled by status of input signals.

Parameters IN[1..8] K
INPTINVSTS[1..8] ORDERINCM
OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the QOR Block.

ROL (Rotate Output Left) block


Description Provides a 16-bit integer output (OUT) that is rotated to the left by the
number of bits (N) specified from the 16-bit integer input (IN). You can
specify the number of bits through configuration.

Function Used to shift out bits in the output (OUT) by rotating the bits in the
input (IN) left by the number of bits (N) specified.
OUT = IN left rotated by N bits, circular.

Inputs IN = 16-bit integer only

Output OUT = 16-bit integer

Parameters IN ORDERINCM
N OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the ROL Block.

ROR (Rotate Output Right) block


Description Provides a 16-bit integer output (OUT) that is rotated to the right by
the number of bits (N) specified from the 16-bit integer input (IN). You
can specify the number of bits through configuration.

Function Used to shift out bits in the output (OUT) by rotating the bits in the

112 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.5. Logic Blocks

input (IN) right by the number of bits (N) specified.


OUT = IN right rotated by N bits, circular.

Inputs IN = 16-bit integer only

Output OUT = 16-bit integer

Parameters IN ORDERINCM
N OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the ROR Block.

RS (Reset dominant SR-FLIP-FLOP) block


Description Provides a bistable Reset Dominant flip-flop as defined in the IEC DIS
1131-3 standard.

Function Specifies the output (Q) of the flip-flop as a function of the input S
(Set), the input R (Reset), and the last state of Q.

Truth Table S R Q

0 (OFF) 0 (OFF) No Change

0 (OFF) 1 (ON) 0 (OFF)

1 (ON) 0 (OFF) 1 (ON)

1 (ON) 1 (ON) 0 (OFF)

Inputs S and R = Boolean value

Output Q = Boolean value controlled by the status of the input signals.

Parameters ORDERINCM R
Q S

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the RS Block.

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 113


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.5. Logic Blocks

RTRIG (Rising edge Trigger) block


Description Rising-edge Trigger sets the output (OUT) to ON following the OFF-
to-ON transition of the input (IN) and stays at ON until the next
execution cycle, at which time it returns to OFF.

Function Provides rising edge change detection, thereby turning the output ON
if an OFF-to-ON transition is detected.

Input IN = Boolean value

Output OUT = Boolean value

Parameters IN ORDERINCM
OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the RTRIG Block.

SEL (Binary Selection) block


Description Provides a 3-input selector function, meaning it selects 1 of 2 inputs
(IN[1] or IN[2]) depending on the separate input G.

Function Sets the actual output (OUT) equal to the value of 1 of 2 inputs (IN[1]
or IN[2]), depending on the value of a separate input (G).

Truth Table IN[1] IN[2] G OUT

IN[1] IN[2] OFF IN[1]

IN[1] IN[2] ON IN[2]

Inputs IN[1..2] =Boolean value

G = Boolean value

Output OUT =Boolean value depending on the values of IN[1] and IN[2].

Parameters G INPTINVSTS[1..2]
IN[0..2] ORDERINCM
OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

114 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.5. Logic Blocks

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the SEL Block.

SELREAL (Real Selection) block


Description Provides a 3-input selector function, meaning it selects 1 of 2 inputs
(IN[1] or IN[2]) depending on the separate input (G).

Function Sets the actual output (OUT) equal to the value of 1 of 2 inputs (IN[1]
or IN[2]), depending on the value of a separate input (G).

Truth Table IN[1] IN[2] G OUT

IN[1] IN[2] OFF IN[1]

IN[1] IN[2] ON IN[2]

Inputs IN1 and IN2 = real numbers

G = Boolean value

Output OUT = Real number

Parameters G ORDERINCM
IN[0..2] OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the SELREAL Block.

SHL (Shift Output Left) block


Description Provides a 16-bit integer output (OUT) that is shifted to the left by
the number of bits (N) specified from the 16-bit integer input (IN).
You can specify the number of bits (N) through configuration.

Function Used to shift out bits in the output (OUT) by shifting the bits in the
input (IN) left by the number of bits (N) specified.
OUT = IN left shifted by N bits, zero filled on right.

Inputs IN = 16-bit integer only

Output OUT = 16-bit integer

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 115


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.5. Logic Blocks

Parameters IN ORDERINCM
N OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the SHL Block.

SHR (Shift Output Right) block


Description Provides a 16-bit integer output (OUT) that is shifted to the right by
the number of bits (N) specified from the 16-bit integer input (IN).
You can specify the number of bits through configuration.

Function Used to shift out bits in the output (OUT) by shifting the bits in the
input (IN) right by the number of bits (N) specified.
OUT = IN right shifted by N bits, zero filled on left.

Inputs IN = 16-bit integer only

Output OUT = 16-bit integer

Parameters IN ORDERINCM
N OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the SHR Block.

SR (Set dominant SR-FLIP-FLOP) block


Description Provides a bistable Set Dominant flip-flop as defined in the IEC DIS
1131-3 standard.

Function Specifies the output (Q) of the flip-flop as a function of the input S
(Set), the input R (Reset), and the last state of Q.

Truth Table S R Q

0 (OFF) 0 (OFF) No Change

0 (OFF) 1 (ON) 0 (OFF)

116 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.5. Logic Blocks

1 (ON) 0 (OFF) 1 (ON)

1 (ON) 1 (ON) 1 (ON)

Inputs S and R = Boolean values

Outputs Q = Boolean value controlled by the status of the input signals.

Parameters ORDERINCM Q
PVERSION R
S

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the SR Block.

STARTSIGNAL block
Description Supports handling of restarts within Control Modules (CM). Can be
used within any CM to provide better control over how the module
initializes in response to events such as Cold or Warm restart.

Function Supports an enumeration-valued summary parameter named


RESTART. The normal value for the RESTART parameter is NONE.
Following a transition, it shows a value other than NONE until the end
of the first block execution. The possible enumeration values for
RESTART are as follows:

NONE (0)
CMLOAD (1)
CMACTIVE (3)
CEECOLD (4)
CEEWARM (5)
CEESWITCH (6)

Inputs Boolean value

Outputs RESTART = Enumerated value

Parameters ANYRESTARTFL CMACTIVEFL


CEECOLDFL CMLOADFL
CEESWITCHFL ORDERINCM
CEEWARMFL RESTART

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 117


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.5. Logic Blocks

each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the STARTSIGNAL Block.

TRIG (Rising or Falling edge Trigger) block


Description Sets the output (OUT) to ON following the OFF-to-ON or ON-to-OFF
transition of the input (IN) and stays at ON until the next execution
cycle, at which time it returns to OFF.

Function Provides edge change detection, thereby turning the output ON if an


OFF-to-ON or ON-to-OFF transition is detected. This block assumes
that the input is starting at its OFF stage the first time it is activated.

Inputs IN = Boolean value

Outputs OUT = Boolean value

Parameters IN ORDERINCM
OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the TRIG Block.

WATCHDOG block
Description Monitors other system functions or remote devices and sets the
output (OUT) to ON if the monitored function or device fails.

Function Used to monitor other system functions or remote devices.


Monitored function or device must set IN parameter to ON within a
specified time interval (DELAYTIME), otherwise it is assumed to
have failed and output (OUT) is set to ON. The DELAYTIME is an
integer with unit time in seconds.
If output (OUT) is ON, it is reset to OFF as soon as IN is set to ON.

Input IN = Boolean value (ON/OFF)

Output OUT = Boolean value (ON/OFF)

Parameters DELAYTIME ORDERINCM

118 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.5. Logic Blocks

IN OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the WATCHDOG Block.

XOR block
Description Provides up to 8-input XOR algorithm, that is, it performs the
exclusive OR function. Each input (IN[1], IN[2], ..., IN[8]) has the
capability of being optionally inverted, if required.

Function Turns output (OUT) ON only if an odd number of inputs are ON;
otherwise, OUT is OFF.

Truth Table IN[1] IN[2] OUT

OFF OFF OFF

ON OFF ON

OFF ON ON

ON ON OFF

Inputs IN[1..8] = Boolean value

Outputs OUT = Boolean value controlled by the status of input signals.

Parameters IN[1..8] ORDERINCM


INPTINVSTS[1..8] OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the XOR Block.

2OO3 (2 out of 3 voting) block


Description 2-out-of-3 Voting block - outputs (DISCREP and MAJ) are determined
as follows:
DISCREP = NOT (IN[1] = IN[2] = IN[3]) for duration >= DELAY

MAJ = value held by the majority of the inputs.

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 119


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.6. Math Blocks

Function Sets the output (DISCREP) to ON if NOT all inputs agree for a
specified time duration (DELAY); otherwise, it is set to OFF.

Inputs IN[1..3] = Boolean values

Outputs DISCREP & MAJ = Boolean values

Parameters DELAYTIME MAJ


DISCREP ORDERINCM

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the 2003 Block.

3.6 Math Blocks


ABS block
Description Provides the Absolute Value function.

Function At runtime, the output (OUT) becomes the absolute value of the user
connected input (IN[1]).

Math blocks execute a self describing and expression-less math


function based on the user's configuration within a control strategy in
Control Builder with minimum and more efficient memory usage.

When a block cannot fetch a value from the input connection, the
value defaults to a failsafe value (NaN for Reals).

Math functions use existing capabilities to process infinity. For


example, divide by zero. If bad input handling is desired, use the
Logic CHECKBAD block on the desired input.

Input IN[1] = Input connection value

Output OUT = Absolute value of IN1

Parameters IN[1] ORDERINCM


NAME OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

120 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.6. Math Blocks

on the ABS Block.

ADD block
Description Provides the N-input add function.

Function Sums the value of the number of inputs (IN[1..8]) configured by the
user as the output (OUT).

Math blocks execute a self describing and expression-less math


function based on the user's configuration within a control strategy in
Control Builder with minimum and more efficient memory usage.

When a block cannot fetch a value from the input connection, the
value defaults to a failsafe value (NaN for Reals).

Math functions use existing capabilities to process infinity. For


example, divide by zero. If bad input handling is desired, use the
Logic CHECKBAD block on the desired input.

Input IN[1..8] = Input connection value

Output OUT = Sum of (IN1, 1N2, ..INn)

Parameters IN[1..8] ORDERINCM


NAME OUT
NUMOFINPUTS

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the ADD Block.

DIV block
Description Provides the divide function.

Function At runtime, the output (OUT) becomes the quotient of input 1 (IN[1])
divided by input 2 (IN[2]).

Math blocks execute a self describing and expression-less math


function based on the user's configuration within a control strategy in
Control Builder with minimum and more efficient memory usage.

When a block cannot fetch a value from the input connection, the

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 121


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.6. Math Blocks

value defaults to a failsafe value (NaN for Reals).

Math functions use existing capabilities to process infinity. For


example, divide by zero. If bad input handling is desired, use the
Logic CHECKBAD block on the desired input.

Input IN[1..2] = Input connection value

Output OUT = Quotient of IN1 divided by IN2.

Parameters IN[1..2] ORDERINCM


NAME OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the DIV Block.

EXP block
Description Provides the exponent function.

Function At runtime, the output (OUT) becomes the exponent of the user
connected input (IN[1]).

Math blocks execute a self describing and expression-less math


function based on the user's configuration within a control strategy in
Control Builder with minimum and more efficient memory usage.

When a block cannot fetch a value from the input connection, the
value defaults to a failsafe value (NaN for Reals).

Math functions use existing capabilities to process infinity. For


example, divide by zero. If bad input handling is desired, use the
Logic CHECKBAD block on the desired input.

Input IN[1] = Input connection value.

Output OUT = e to the power of IN1.

Parameters IN[1] ORDERINCM


NAME OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

122 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.6. Math Blocks

on the EXP Block.

LN block
Description Provides the natural logarithm function.

Function At runtime, the output (OUT) becomes the natural logarithm of the
user connected input (IN[1], log to the base of e).

Math blocks execute a self describing and expression-less math


function based on the user's configuration within a control strategy in
Control Builder with minimum and more efficient memory usage.

When a block cannot fetch a value from the input connection, the
value defaults to a failsafe value (NaN for Reals).

Math functions use existing capabilities to process infinity. For


example, divide by zero. If bad input handling is desired, use the
Logic CHECKBAD block on the desired input.

Input IN[1] = Input connection value.

Output OUT = Natural logarithm of IN1 (log to the base of e).

Parameters IN[1] ORDERINCM


NAME OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the LN Block.

LOG block
Description Provides the logarithm function.

Function At runtime, the output (OUT) becomes the base 10 logarithm of the
user connected input (IN[1]).

Math blocks execute a self describing and expression-less math


function based on the user's configuration within a control strategy in
Control Builder with minimum and more efficient memory usage.

When a block cannot fetch a value from the input connection, the
value defaults to a failsafe value (NaN for Reals).

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 123


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.6. Math Blocks

Math functions use existing capabilities to process infinity. For


example, divide by zero. If bad input handling is desired, use the
Logic CHECKBAD block on the desired input.

Input IN[1] = Input connection value.

Output OUT = Base 10 logarithm of IN1.

Parameters IN[1] ORDERINCM


NAME OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the LOG Block.

MOD block
Description Provides the modulo function.

Function At runtime, the user connected inputs (IN[1], IN[2]) are truncated to
integer and the output (OUT) becomes the Remainder of IN[1] divided
by IN[2].

Math blocks execute a self describing and expression-less math


function based on the user's configuration within a control strategy in
Control Builder with minimum and more efficient memory usage.

When a block cannot fetch a value from the input connection, the
value defaults to a failsafe value (NaN for Reals).

Math functions use existing capabilities to process infinity. For


example, divide by zero. If bad input handling is desired, use the
Logic CHECKBAD block on the desired input.

Input IN[1..2] = Input connection value

Output OUT = Remainder of IN1 divided by IN2


OUT = NaN for divide by zero, NaN, or infinity value inputs

Parameters IN[1..2] ORDERINCM


NAME OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

124 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.6. Math Blocks

on the MOD Block.

MUL block
Description Provides the N-input multiply function.

Function At runtime, the output (OUT) becomes the Product of the user
connected inputs (IN[1..8]).

Math blocks execute a self describing and expression-less math


function based on the user's configuration within a control strategy in
Control Builder with minimum and more efficient memory usage.

When a block cannot fetch a value from the input connection, the
value defaults to a failsafe value (NaN for Reals).

Math functions use existing capabilities to process infinity. For


example, divide by zero. If bad input handling is desired, use the
Logic CHECKBAD block on the desired input.

Input IN[1..8] = Input connection value

Output OUT = Product of (IN1, 1N2, ..INn)

Parameters IN[1..8] ORDERINCM


NAME OUT
NUMOFINPUTS

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the MUL Block.

NEG block
Description Provides the negative function.

Function At runtime, the output (OUT) becomes the negative (-) equivalent of
the user connected input (IN[1]).

Math blocks execute a self describing and expression-less math


function based on the user's configuration within a control strategy in
Control Builder with minimum and more efficient memory usage.

When a block cannot fetch a value from the input connection, the

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 125


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.6. Math Blocks

value defaults to a failsafe value (NaN for Reals).

Math functions use existing capabilities to process infinity. For


example, divide by zero. If bad input handling is desired, use the
Logic CHECKBAD block on the desired input.

Input IN[1] = Input connection value

Output OUT = - (IN1)

Parameters IN[1] ORDERINCM


NAME OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the NEG Block.

POW block
Description Provides the raise to power function.

Function At runtime, the output (OUT) becomes the user connected input 1
(IN[1]) raised to the power the user connected input 2 (IN[2]).

Math blocks execute a self describing and expression-less math


function based on the user's configuration within a control strategy in
Control Builder with minimum and more efficient memory usage.

When a block cannot fetch a value from the input connection, the
value defaults to a failsafe value (NaN for Reals).

Math functions use existing capabilities to process infinity. For


example, divide by zero. If bad input handling is desired, use the
Logic CHECKBAD block on the desired input.

Input IN[1..2] = Input connection value

Output OUT = IN1 raised to the power of IN2.

Parameters IN[1..2] ORDERINCM


NAME OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

126 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.6. Math Blocks

on the POW Block.

ROUND block
Description Provides the round up function.

Function At runtime, the output (OUT) becomes the user connected input
(IN[1]) rounded up to the nearest integer value.

Math blocks execute a self describing and expression-less math


function based on the user's configuration within a control strategy in
Control Builder with minimum and more efficient memory usage.

When a block cannot fetch a value from the input connection, the
value defaults to a failsafe value (NaN for Reals).

Math functions use existing capabilities to process infinity. For


example, divide by zero. If bad input handling is desired, use the
Logic CHECKBAD block on the desired input.

Input IN[1] = Input connection value

Output OUT = REAL number of (IN1 rounded up to the nearest integer


number)

Parameters IN[1] ORDERINCM


NAME OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the ROUND Block.

SQRT block
Description Provides the square root function.

Function At runtime, the output (OUT) becomes the square root of the user
connected input (IN[1]).

Math blocks execute a self describing and expression-less math


function based on the user's configuration within a control strategy in
Control Builder with minimum and more efficient memory usage.

When a block cannot fetch a value from the input connection, the
value defaults to a failsafe value (NaN for Reals).

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 127


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.6. Math Blocks

Math functions use existing capabilities to process infinity. For


example, divide by zero. If bad input handling is desired, use the
Logic CHECKBAD block on the desired input.

Input IN[1] = Input connection value

Output OUT = Square root of IN1

Parameters IN[1] ORDERINCM


NAME OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the SQRT Block.

SUB block
Description Provides the subtract function.

Function At runtime, the output (OUT) becomes the user connected input 1
(IN[1]) minus the user connected input 2 (IN[2]).

Math blocks execute a self describing and expression-less math


function based on the user's configuration within a control strategy in
Control Builder with minimum and more efficient memory usage.

When a block cannot fetch a value from the input connection, the
value defaults to a failsafe value (NaN for Reals).

Math functions use existing capabilities to process infinity. For


example, divide by zero. If bad input handling is desired, use the
Logic CHECKBAD block on the desired input.

Input IN[1..2] = Input connection value

Output OUT = IN1 minus IN2

Parameters IN[1..2] ORDERINCM


NAME OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the SUB Block.

128 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.6. Math Blocks

TRUNC block
Description Provides the truncate function.

Function At runtime, the output (OUT) becomes the user connected input
(IN[1]) rounded down to the nearest integer value.

Math blocks execute a self describing and expression-less math


function based on the user's configuration within a control strategy in
Control Builder with minimum and more efficient memory usage.

When a block cannot fetch a value from the input connection, the
value defaults to a failsafe value (NaN for Reals).

Math functions use existing capabilities to process infinity. For


example, divide by zero. If bad input handling is desired, use the
Logic CHECKBAD block on the desired input.

Input IN[1] = Input connection value

Output OUT = REAL number of (IN1 rounded down to the nearest integer
number)

Parameters IN[1] ORDERINCM


NAME OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the TRUNC Block.

ROLLAVG block
Description Provides the rolling average function.

Function At runtime, the output (OUT) becomes the quotient of sum of all good
samples (IN) divided by number of good samples.

Math blocks execute a self describing and expression-less math


function based on the user's configuration within a control strategy in
Control Builder with minimum and more efficient memory usage.

When a block cannot fetch a value from the input connection, the
value defaults to a failsafe value (NaN for FLOAT64s).

Math functions use existing capabilities to process infinity. For


example, divide by zero. If bad input handling is desired, use the

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 129


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.6. Math Blocks

Logic CHECKBAD block on the desired input.

Input IN = Input connection value (FLOAT64 double-precision floating-point


number).

Output OUT = Quotient of sum of all good values in buffer (IN) divided by
number of good values in buffer (FLOAT64 double-precision floating-
point number).

Parameters ROLLAVGBAD ROLLMULTIPLE


ROLLAVGOK ROLLAVGSZ
ROLLBFBASE ROLLAVGRST
ROLLBUF IN
ROLLFRBASE ORDERINCM
ROLLFREQ OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the RollAvg Block.

130 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.7. Power Generation Blocks

3.7 Power Generation Blocks


GRPCAPRBK (Group Capability and Runback ) block

ATTENTION
The GRPCAPRBK block can only be used with C300 Controllers and
SIMC300.

Description A Coordinated Master Control (CMC) scheme includes a Unit Load


Demand Scheme that uses unit capability and runback rate to ensure
that the unit load increase or decrease is executed within the limits
that are safe for the operation of a Boiler- Turbine-Generator (BTG)
unit. The unit load demand scheme is a part of CMC scheme that
receives the load demand from load dispatcher and checks the
demand signal against the allowable operating limits for the unit and
the minimum load desired. During online operation, the demand can
also be Runback in the event of loss of auxiliary equipment such as
losing one forced draft fan, which limits the load carrying capability of
the unit.

All the auxiliary equipment like ID Fan, FD Fan, PA Fan,


primary/secondary Air Pre Heaters, BCW Pump, Turbine, CEP Pump,
CW Pump, Mills, and so on are monitored continuously for unit
capability because each group of equipment is compared with the
Load SP and the minimum is selected as the SP to the Unit Capability
ramp generator. When one of the equipment trips, the SP to the Unit
capability ramp generator comes down correspondingly. The output of
the Ramp Generator is brought down by runback action. The runback
rate depends upon the equipment that has tripped.

The Group Capability and Runback function block provides the Group
Capability and Group Runback Rate of the configured number of
equipment. The block accepts configurable number of equipments'
status inputs and desired unit load set point.

Function Provides the capability for a group of similar equipment depending


upon the equipment status.
Provides the Group Capability and Group Runback Rate for the
configured number of equipments.
Accepts configurable number of equipments' input status and
desired unit load set point.
Provides a configurable parameter NUMBEROFEQP which

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 131


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.7. Power Generation Blocks

represents the number of equipments used for input connection to


the block.
Enables the user to configure equipment OFF state Capability
Value (OFFCAP) and ON state Capability Value (ONCAP) for
individual equipment.
Generates a Safe output flag when the load setpoint input status
bad or all equipment on/off status are bad.
Generates alarm for Run back Active when out capability is less
than unit load set point.

Inputs LOADSP - Load Set point. The input LOADSP of this block can be
from any Regulatory Control block like AUTOMAN, SWITCH or
RATIOBIAS.
DI[1..10]- DI of this block can be from any block with digital output.

Outputs OUTCAP - Output capability of a group of equipment

RUNBKACTFL - Runback control flag

ROCLM - Current ROC Limit

SAFEOPTRIGFL- Safe output triggered

Parameters CAPVALOPT RBROCLM


CAPSAFEVAL ROCLM
DISTS[1..10] ROCLMOPT
GCBLOCKSINCM ROCSAFELM
HIALM.PR RUNBKACTALM.FL
HIALM.SV RUNBKACTALM.PR
HIALM.TYPE RUNBKACTALM.SV
INALM RUNBKACTFL
LOADSPSTS SAFEOPALM.FL
LOADSP SAFEOPALM.PR
NUMBEROFEQP SAFEOPALM.SV
OFFCAP[1..10] SAFEOPTRIGFL
ONCAP[1..10]
OUTCAP

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the GRPCAPRBK Block.

132 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.7. Power Generation Blocks

HTMOTOR (HT Motor Drive Control) block

ATTENTION
The HTMOTOR block can only be used with C300 Controllers and SIMC300.

Description The HTMOTOR Control block is derived from the Device Control
block in Experion LX (DEVCTL) customized to meet the HT Motor
Drive control requirements found in power plants. The HTMOTOR
block is designed to accept inputs and interlocks pertaining to a
conventional HTMOTOR drive and its switchgear and is capable of
controlling the drive through outputs governed by predetermined
logic.

Function Processes inputs typically from a HT Switch Gear, Local and Unit
Control Panel, equipment protection related feedback, process
related interlocks and generates output based on predetermined
logic.

Supports control of HT Motor drives from the Unit or Local Control


Panel, in SEQ (through SCM) or AUTO mode or from Operator
Station or a combination of all these options.

Generates an alarm based on active states, output command and


equipment or process interlocks tripping.

Built-in First Up Logic to determine the cause of trip and built-in


interlocks with vibration, winding and bearing temperature.

Optional feedback and trip time recording.

Maintenance statistics similar to those in the Device Control block.

Preserves Device Control functionality.

Inputs Process Feedback (from HT Swgr): Motor RUN/STOP


(MTR/MTS), MOTOR Trip (MTT), Lockup Relay Reset (LRR),
Breaker in Remote (BKR), Breaker in Service or Test (BKS or
BKT).
Other Inputs : Local/Remote Selection Switch,
LOCALRUN/STOP, AUTORUN/STOP,SEQRUN/STOP,
UCPRELease/OPEN/CLOSE, Console Run, Console Stop,
Permissives (PI[0,1]), STOP/RUN Process
Interlocks(OI[0,1]),Bearing Temp Trip,Winding Temp Trip,
Vibration Trip.

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 133


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.7. Power Generation Blocks

Outputs Command RUN/STOP (Latched) and PORUN/STOP (Pulsed), Track


Run/Stop/Trip feedback time.

Parameters AUTOSTART MTT


AUTOSTOP MTR
AUTOSTOPACTED MTS
AUTONOCMD MTTACTED
ASTEPID NORMMODE
BACKCALCIN NORMMODEATTR
BACKCALCSRC NULLPVFL
BADPVALM.SV NUMALLTRANS
BADPVALM.FL NUMSIOVRD
BADPVALM.PR NUMTRANS
BRNGTEMTRIP OI[0..1]
BYPASS OIALM[0..2].FL
BKTBYPASS OIALM[0..2].PR
BKS OIALM[0..2].OPT
BKT OIALM[0..2].SV
BKR OIACTED
BRNGTEMPALM.PR OP
BRNGTEMPTRIPACTED OPACTED
BRNGTEMPALM.FL OPFINAL
BRNGTEMPALM.OPT OPREQ
BRNGTEMPALM.SV OPTYPE
CMDDISALM.TM OFFNRMALM.OPT
CMDDISALM.SV OFFNRMALM.FL
CMDDISALM.PR OFFNRMALM.PR
CMDDISALM.FL OFFNRMALM.SV
CMDFALALM.PR PI[0..1]
CMDFALALM.TM PVAUTO
CMDFALALM.FL PVFL
CLROPREQFL PVSOURCE
CMDRUN PVSRCOPT
CMDSTOP PORUN
CONSSTARTRDY POSTOP
DOVALSTS POSTOPCONNECTED
FIRSTUPACTED PORUNCONNECTED
GOPACTED REDTAG
GPVAUTO REMOTESWITCH
GOPSCADA RESETFIRSTUP
GPV RESTARTOPT
GOPFINAL RESETFL
GOP RUNPULSEWIDTH
HIALM.SV RUNTIME
HIALM.PR SAFEREDTAG
HIALM.TYPE SEALOPT
HOLDOPT SEQSTOP

134 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.7. Power Generation Blocks

INALM SEQSTOPACTED
INITCONNECTD SI
INITMAN SIALM.OPT
INITOPOPT SEQSTART
INITOPAFTLD SIALM.FL
INITREQ SIALM.SV
LASTREQFL SIALM.PR
LASTOPTYPE SIACTED
LASTOPREQ STARTOPT
LASTSTEP STOPOPT
LASTGOPREQ STOPTIME
LOCALMAN STOPPULSEWIDTH
LOCALSWITCH TRIPTIME
LOCALSTART TRKNUMTRANS
LOCALSTOPACTED TRKSTATETIME
LOCALSTOP TRKSIOVRD
LRR UCPREL
LRRACTED UCPSTART
LRRALM.FL UCPSTOP
LRRALM.PR UCPSTOPACTED
LRRALM.SV UNCMDALM.FL
LRRALM.OPT UNCMDALM.PR
MODE UNCMDALM.SV
MODETRACK VIBRTRIP
MODEATTR VIBTRIPACTED
MODEATTRCHGFL VIBRALM.FL
MODEATTRFL.PROG VIBRALM.PR
MODEATTRFL.OPER VIBRALM.SV
MODEATTRFL.NORM VIBRALM.OPT
MOTORTRIPALM.FL WDGTEMPTRIP
MOTORTRIPALM.PR WDGTEMPTRIPACTED
MOTORTRIPALM.SV WDGTEMPALM.FL
MOTORTRIPALM.OPT WDGTEMPALM.PR
WDGTEMPALM.SV
WDGTEMPALM.OPT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the HTMOTOR Block.

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 135


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.7. Power Generation Blocks

LEVELCOMP (Drum Level Computation) block

ATTENTION
The LEVELCOMP block can only be used with C300 Controllers and
SIMC300.

Description In power plants, the Drum Level is measured indirectly in terms of


differential pressure (DP), and the level is computed based on the
measured DP. DP to Level computation techniques are employed in
Level measurements in Boiler Drums, Deaerators, and HP Heaters,
where the process fluid is at high pressure and temperature. In such
cases, the Level component is measured in terms of DP across the
measuring setup. It is also assumed that the vessel remains in a
saturated state of the process fluid. The pressure inside the container
is measured and the density of Steam and Water are derived from
this pressure input using an algorithm. Based on Density and DP, the
level is computed using the equation of continuity. This new block
computes Drum level from the measured DP and other field specific
constants.

Function The Drum Level Computation function block computes the drum
level from the measured DP, Pressure and other field specific
constants.
The block has an algorithm for generating steam and water density
from the given Pressure input as long as the pressure input is
good.
The Level Status (PV) becomes bad when one of the input's status
becomes bad and PV is not be computed.
Enables the user to select ENGUNIT for DP, Pressure,
WETLEGTEMP, and drum level.

Inputs DP - Differential Pressure of the Drum

PRESSURE - Pressure Input

Outputs PV - Drum Level in Engineering Units

PVP - Drum level in %

DENSTEAM - Density of steam in drum

DENWATER - Density of water in drum

DENWATERREF - Density of WETLEG water

136 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.7. Power Generation Blocks

Parameters BADPVALM.PR INALM


BADPVALM.SV PRESSURE
BADPVALM.FL PV
DP PVEUHI
DPSLOPE PVEULO
DPBIAS PRSLOPE
DENWATERREF PRBIAS
DPENGUNIT PVP
DENWATER PVSTS
DENSTEAM PRENGUNIT
NUMBEROFEQP PVENGUNIT
HIALM.PR STNDPIPELEN
HIALM.SV TMPENGUNIT
HIALM.TYPE WETLEGTEMP

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the LEVELCOMP Block.

LTMOTOR (LT Motor Drive Control) block

ATTENTION
The LTMOTOR block can only be used with C300 Controllers and SIMC300.

Description The LTMOTOR Control FB is derived from the Device Control block
in the Experion LX (DEVCTL) customized to meet the LT Motor Drive
control requirements found in power plants. The LTMOTOR FB is
designed to accept inputs and interlocks pertaining to a conventional
LTMOTOR drive's MCC and is capable of controlling the drive
through outputs governed by predetermined logic.

Function Process inputs typical from a MCC, Local and Unit Control Panel,
Process related interlocks and generate output based on
predetermined logic.
Supports control of LT Motor drives from the Unit or Local Control
Panel, in SEQ (through SCM) or AUTO mode or from Operator
Station or any combination of all these options.
Generates an alarm based on active states, output command and
process interlocks tripping.
Optional feedback and trip time recording.

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 137


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.7. Power Generation Blocks

Maintenance Statistics similar to those in the Device Control block.

Preserves Device Control functionality.

Inputs Process Feedback (from MCC): Motor RUN/STOP (MTR/MTS)


and MOTOR Trip (MTT).
Other Input: Local/Remote Selection Switch, LOCALRUN/STOP,
AUTORUN/STOP, SEQRUN/STOP, UCPRELease/OPEN/CLOSE,
STOP/RUN Permissives (PO [0,1]), STOP/RUN Interlocks(OI[0,1])
and Track Run/Stop/Trip feedback time.

Outputs Command RUN/STOP (Latched) and PORUN/STOP (Pulsed).

Parameters ASTEPID MOTORTRIPALM.SV


AUTOSTART MTR
AUTOSTOP MTS
BACKCALCIN MTT
BACKCALCSRC NORMMODE
BADPVALM.FL NORMMODEATTR
BADPVALM.PR NULLPVFL
BADPVALM.SV NUMALLTRANS
BYPASS NUMSIOVRD
BYPERM NUMTRANS
CLROPREQFL OFFNRMALM.FL
CMDDISALM.FL OFFNRMALM.OPT
CMDDISALM.PR OFFNRMALM.PR
CMDDISALM.SV OFFNRMALM.SV
CMDDISALM.TM OI[0..1]
CMDFALALM.FL OIALM[0..2].FL
CMDFALALM.PR OIALM[0..2].OPT
CMDFALALM.SV OIALM[0..2].PR
CMDFALALM.TM OIALM[0..2].SV
CMDRUN OP
CMDSTOP OPFINAL
CONSSTARTRDY OPREQ
DOVALSTS OPTYPE
GOP PI[0..1]
GOPFINAL PORUN
GOPREQ POSTOP
GOPSCADA POSTOPCONNECTED
GPV PV
GPVAUTO PVAUTO
HIALM.PR PVFL
HIALM.SV PVSOURCE
HIALM.TYPE PVSRCOPT
HOLDOPT REDTAG
INALM REMOTESWITCH

138 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.7. Power Generation Blocks

INITCONNECTD RESTARTOPT
INITMAN RESETFL
INITOPAFTLD RUNPULSEWIDTH
INITOPT RUNTIME
INITREQ SEQSTART
LASTGOPREQ SEQSTOP
LASTOPREQ SI
LASTOPTYPE SIALM.FL
LASTREQFL SIALM.SV
LASTSTEP SIALM.OPT
LOCALMAN SIALM.PR
LOCALSTART STARTOPT
LOCALSTOP STOPOPT
LOCALSWITCH STOPPULSEWIDTH
MODE STOPTIME
MODEATTR TRIPTIME
MODEATTRCHGFL TRKNUMTRANS
MODEATTRFL.NORM TRKSIOVRD
MODEATTRFL.OPER TRKSTATETIME
MODEATTRFL.PROG UCPREL
MODETRACK UCPSTART
MOTORTRIPALM.FL UCPSTOP
MOTORTRIPALM.OPT UNCMDALM.FL
MOTORTRIPALM.PR UNCMDALM.PR
UNCMDALM.SV

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the LTMOTOR Block.

MAINIBV (Main IBV Logic) block

ATTENTION
The MAINIBV block can only be used with C300 Controllers and SIMC300.

Description Main IBV logic is required for huge valves which have a small bypass
valve connected across the main valve port. The main valve opens
only when the bypass valve opens fully and a sufficient time is
allowed to equalize the pressure across the main valve ports. The
Main IBV block receives a command from the operator, processes the
commands and schedules it to the IBV and Main valve with a
predetermined logic built into it.

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 139


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.7. Power Generation Blocks

In the Main IBV logic function block, there is a user configurable


DELAY parameter for providing the time delay before releasing an
open command to the Main valve from the moment the IBV open
feedback is sensed by the block. The feedback can be open limit
switch of IBV. The bypass valve in not kept open if the main valve
open command fails. A user configurable timer is provided to close
the IBV in such eventualities.

Function The Main IBV block receives a command from the OPER or
PROG, processes it and schedules the command to the IBV and
Main valve with a predetermined logic built into it.
An open sequence failure alarm is triggered in case an OPEN
command fails to open the Main valve.
A close sequence failure alarm is triggered in case a CLOSE
command failed to close Main valve.
A BADPV alarm is triggered in case IBV open feedback or Main
close feedback is in BAD state.
The Main IBV commands the Drive Control blocks for further
operation of the Main and IBV valve.

Inputs OPENSEQ - Open Sequence command from PROGRAM to the


valve system.
CLOSESEQ - Close Sequence command from PROGRAM to the
valve system.
IBVOPNFDBK - IBV open feedback switch

MAINCLOSEFDBK - Main valve close feedback switch.

Outputs OPENIBV\CLOSEIBV - Open\Close Command to IBV drive


control.
OPENMAIN\CLOSEMAIN - OPEN\CLOSE command to Main
Valve drive control.

Parameters BADPVALM.FL MAINCLOSEFDBKSTS


BADPVALM.PR MAINVLVFDBKTO
BADPVALM.SV MODE
CLOSEIBV MODEATTR
CLOSEMAIN MODEATTRFL.NORM
CLROPREQFL MODEATTRFL.OPER
CLOSESEQ MODEATTRFL.PROG
CLOSESEQALM.FL NORMMODE
CLOSESEQALM.PR NORMMODEATTROP
CLOSESEQALM.SV OPENIBV

140 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.7. Power Generation Blocks

DELAY OPENMAIN
HIALM.PR OPENSEQ
HIALM.SV OPENSEQALM.FL
HIALM.TYPE OPENSEQALM.PR
IBVOPNFDBK OPENSEQALM.SV
IBVOPNFDBKSTS SEQSTATUS
IBVVLVFDBKTO
INALM
MAINCLOSEFDBK

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the MAINIBV Block.

SOLENOID (Solenoid Valve Drive Control) block

ATTENTION
The SOLENOID block can only be used with C300 Controllers and SIMC300.

Description The Solenoid Valve Control FB is derived from the Device Control
block in Experion LX (DEVCTL) customized to meet the Solenoid
Valve control requirements commonly found in a power plant. The
Solenoid FB is designed to accept inputs and interlocks pertaining to
a conventional solenoid and is capable of controlling the valve
through output governed by predetermined logic.

Function Processes feedback from the field, Local and Unit Control Panel,
process related interlocks and generates output based on
predetermined logic.
Supports control of Solenoid valve from the Unit or Local Control
Panel, in SEQ (through SCM) or AUTO mode or from Operator
Station or a combination of all these options.
Generates an alarm based on active states, output command and
interlocks tripping.
Provides latched OPEN commands to the MCC/solenoid and the
Outputs are reset only on issuance of a CLOSE command.
Preserves Device Control functionality.

Inputs Process Feedback: Limit Switch OPEN/CLOSE.

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 141


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.7. Power Generation Blocks

Other Inputs: Local/Remote Selection


Switch,LOCALOPEN/CLOSE, AUTOOPEN/CLOSE,
SEQOPEN/CLOSE, UCPRELease/OPEN/CLOSE, Close/Open
Permissives (PO[0,1]) and Close/Open Interlocks(OI[0,1]).

Outputs CMPOPEN(latched), OP, PV, NUMTRANS[0,1], NUMSIOVRD

Parameters ASTEPID MODEATTR


AUTOCLOSE MODEATTRCHGFL
AUTOOPEN MODEATTRFL.NORM
BACKCALCIN MODEATTRFL.OPER
BACKCALCSRC MODEATTRFL.PROG
BADPVALM.FL MODETRACK
BADPVALM.PR NORMMODE
BADPVALM.SV NORMMODEATTR
BYPASS NULLPVFL
BYPERM NUMALLTRANS
CLROPREQFL NUMSIOVRD
CMDDISALM.FL NUMTRANS
CMDDISALM.PR OFFNRMALM.FL
CMDDISALM.SV OFFNRMALM.OPT
CMDDISALM.TM OFFNRMALM.PR
CMDFALALM.FL OFFNRMALM.SV
CMDFALALM.PR OI[0..1]
CMDFALALM.SV OIALM[0..2].FL
CMDFALALM.TM OIALM[0..2].OPT
CMDOPEN OIALM[0..2].PR
CMDSTOP OIALM[0..2].SV
CONSOPENRDY OP
DOVALSTS OPFINAL
GOP OPREQ
GOPFINAL OPTYPE
GOPREQ PI[0..1]
GOPSCADA PV
GPV PVAUTO
GPVAUTO PVFL
HIALM.PR PVSOURCE
HIALM.SV PVSRCOPT
HIALM.TYPE REDTAG
HOLDOPT REMOTESWITCH
INALM RESTARTOPT
INBETFL RESETFL
INITCONNECTD SAFEREDTAG
INITMAN SEALOPT
INITOPAFTLD SI
INITOPT SIALM.FL
INITREQ SIALM.SV

142 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.7. Power Generation Blocks

LASTGOPREQ SIALM.OPT
LASTOPREQ SIALM.PR
LASTOPTYPE STARTOPT
LASTREQFL STOPOPT
LASTSTEP TRKNUMTRANS
LOCALCLOSE TRKSIOVRD
LOCALMAN UCPCLOSE
LOCALOPEN UCPOPEN
LOCALSWITCH UCPREL
LTC UNCMDALM.FL
LTO UNCMDALM.PR
MODE UNCMDALM.SV

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the SOLENOID Block.

VALVEDAMPER (Valve/Damper Drive Control) block

ATTENTION
The VALVEDAMPER block can only be used with C300 Controllers and
SIMC300.

Description The Valve/Damper Control FB is derived from the Device Control


block in Experion LX (DEVCTL) and customized to meet the motor
operated Valve or Damper control requirements of Power Plants. The
ValveDamper FB is designed to accept inputs and interlocks
pertaining to a conventional valve and is capable of controlling the
valve through outputs governed by predetermined logic.

Function Processes inputs from MCC, process feedback, Local and Unit
Control Panel (UCP), process related interlocks and generate
output based on predetermined logic.
Supports control of Valve/Damper from the Unit or Local Control
Panel, in SEQ (through SCM) or AUTO mode or from Operator
Station or a combination of all these options.
Generates an alarm based on active states, output command and
interlocks tripping.
Provides optional torque switch based command cut-off for tight
shut off of valves and standard limit switch based command cut-off

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 143


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.7. Power Generation Blocks

for normal valves.


Optional feedback (OPEN and CLOSE feedback) time recording.

Maintenance Statistics similar to those in the Device Control block.

It withdraws the command when feedback is achieved to command


initiate.
Preserves Device Control functionality.

Inputs Process Feedback: Limit Switch OPEN/CLOSE, Torque Switch


OPEN/CLOSE, MOTOR Trip from switch gear and Winding
temperature switch.
Other Inputs: Local/Remote Selection
Switch,LOCALOPEN/CLOSE, AUTOOPEN/CLOSE,
AUTONOCMD, SEQOPEN/CLOSE, SEQNOCMD,
UCPREL/OPEN/CLOSE, Close/Open Permissives (PO[0..2]),
Close/Open Interlocks(OI[0..1]),Torque switch enabled (for Tight
Shut-Off),Torque Switch for Protection and Track Open/Close
feedback time.

Outputs POOPEN, POCLOSE, CMDOPEN, CMDCLOSE, OP, PV,


NUMTRANS[0,1,2], NUMALLTRANS, NUMSIOVRD,
OPENFEEDBKTIME, CLOSEFEEDBKTIME

Parameters ASTEPID NUMTRANS


AUTOCLOSE OFFNRMALM.FL
AUTONOCMD OFFNRMALM.OPT
AUTOOPEN OFFNRMALM.PR
BACKCALCIN OFFNRMALM.SV
BACKCALCSRC OI[0..1]
BADPVALM.FL OIALM[0..2].FL
BADPVALM.PR OIALM[0..2].OPT
BADPVALM.SV OIALM[0..2].PR
BYPASS OIALM[0..2].SV
BYPERM OP
CLOSEFEEDBKTIME OPENFEEDBKTIME
CLOSEPULSEWIDTH OPENPULSEWIDTH
CLROPREQFL OPFINAL
CMDCLOSE OPREQ
CMDDISALM.FL OPTYPE
CMDDISALM.PR PI[0..1]
CMDDISALM.SV POCLOSE
CMDDISALM.TM POCLOSECONNECTED
CMDFALALM.FL POOPEN
CMDFALALM.PR POOPENCONNECTED
CMDFALALM.SV PV

144 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.7. Power Generation Blocks

CMDFALALM.TM PVAUTO
CMDOPEN PVFL
CONSOPENRDY PVSOURCE
DOVALSTS PVSRCOPT
GOP REDTAG
GOPFINAL REMOTESWITCH
GOPREQ RESTARTOPT
GOPSCADA RESETFL
GPV SAFEREDTAG
GPVAUTO SEALOPT
HIALM.PR SEQCLOSE
HIALM.SV SEQNOCMD
HIALM.TYPE SEQOPEN
HOLDOPT SI
INALM SIALM.FL
INBETFL SIALM.SV
INITCONNECTD SIALM.OPT
INITMAN SIALM.PR
INITOPAFTLD STARTOPT
INITOPOPT STOPOPT
INITREQ TRKCLOSEFEEDBKTIME
LASTGOPREQ TRKNUMTRANS
LASTOPREQ TRKOPENFEEDBKTIME
LASTOPTYPE TRKSIOVRD
LASTREQFL TSC
LASTSTEP TSC
LOCALCLOSE TSCALM.FL
LOCALMAN TSCALM.OPT
LOCALOPEN TSCALM.PR
LOCALSWITCH TSCALM.SV
LTC TSENABLED
LTO TSFORPROT
MODE TSO
MODEATTR TSOALM.FL
MODEATTRCHGFL TSOALM.OPT
MODEATTRFL.NORM TSOALM.PR
MODEATTRFL.OPER TSOALM.SV
MODEATTRFL.PROG UCPCLOSE
MODETRACK UCPOPEN
MOTORTRIPALM.FL UCPREL
MOTORTRIPALM.OPT UNCMDALM.FL
MOTORTRIPALM.PR UNCMDALM.PR
MOTORTRIPALM.SV UNCMDALM.SV
NORMMODE WTS
NORMMODEATTRNULLPVFL WTSALM.FL
NUMALLTRANS WTSALM.OPT
NUMSIOVRD WTSALM.PR

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 145


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

WTSALM.SV

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the VALVEDAMPER Block.

3.8 Regulatory Control Blocks


AUTOMAN (Auto Manual) block
Description Applies a user-specified gain and bias as well as a calculated bias
(OPBIAS.FLOAT) to the output. The user-specified values can be
fixed or external. A fixed value is stored manually or by a program,
and an external value is brought from another function block.

Function Provides control initialization and override feedback processing.


Typically used either:
in cascade control strategy where an upstream block may not
accept an initialization request from its secondary,
between FANOUT block and a final control element to provide
"bumpless" output on return to cascade.

Timeout In cascade mode, performs timeout monitoring on the input (X1). If


Monitoring the X1 value is not updated within a predefined time, this block
invokes the following timeout processing.
Sets the "input timeout" flag (TMOUTFL).

Sets the input value to Bad (NaN).

Requests the X1 primary to initialize.

Note that this block does not support mode shedding on timeout and
therefore the TMOUTMODE parameter is not applicable to this block.

But the mode shedding of this block occurs indirectly depending on


the BADCTLOPT parameter value as timeout processing, setting the
input value to Bad (NaN).
When BADCTLOPT = No_Shed, there is no mode shedding on
timeout.
When BADCTLOPT =
SHEDHOLD/SHEDHIGH/SHEDLOW/SHEDSAFE, the mode

146 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

sheds to manual.

Note that time-out monitoring is enabled by setting TMOUTTIME to a


non-zero value, and disabled by setting it to zero.

Inputs X1 = initializable input which must come from another function


block; an operator cannot set it.
XEUHI and XEULO define the full range of X1:

XEUHI is the value that represents 100% of full scale.


XEULO is the value that represents 0% of full scale.

Outputs Block has following initializable outputs:


OP = Calculated output in percent.

OPEU = Calculated output in engineering units

Note that the default OP connection pin is exposed on the blocks and
the implicit/hidden connection function automatically makes the
appropriate value/status parameter (OPX/OPEUX) connection when
required.

Output Ranges CVEUHI and CVEULO define the full range of CV in engineering
units. If this block has a secondary, it brings the secondary's input
range through the BACKCALC and sets its CV range to that. If it has
no secondary, CVEUHI and CVEULO track its own input range
(XEUHI and XEULO).
OPHILM and OPLOLM define the normal high and low limits for
OP as a percent of CV range; these are user-specified values. OP
clamps to these limits if algorithms calculated result (CV) exceeds
them or another function block or user program attempts to store
an OP value that exceeds them. However, an operator may store
an OP value that is outside these limits.
OPEXHILM and OPEXLOLM define the extended high and low
limits for OP as a percent of the CV range. These are user-
specified values. Operator is prevented from storing an OP that
exceeds these limits.

Parameters ALMDB NUMSEC


ALMDBU OP
ALMTM OPBIAS
ARWNETIN OPBIAS.FIXOPBIAS.FLOAT
ARWNET[1..8] OPBIAS.RATE
ARWOP OPEU
ARWOPIN OPEXHIFL

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 147


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

ASTEPID OPEXHILM
BADCTLALM.FL OPEXLOFL
BADCTLALM.PR OPEXLOLM
BADCTLALM.SV OPHIALM.DB
BADCTLFL OPHIALM.DBU
BADCTLOPTBADOCOPTBADOC OPHIALM.FL
OPTENB OPHIALM.PR
COMPUTEARW OPHIALM.SV
CTLINIT OPHIALM.TM
CTLSTATE OPHIALM.TP
CV OPHIFL
CVEUHI OPHILM
CVEULO OPLOALM.DB
CVTYPE OPLOALM.DBU
DESC OPLOALM.FL
ESWENB OPLOALM.PR
ESWFL.AUTO OPLOALM.SV
ESWFL.BCAS OPLOALM.TM
ESWFL.CAS OPLOALM.TP
ESWFL.MAN OPLOFL
ESWPERM OPLOLM
EUDESC OPMINCHG
FBORSTS OPREQ
GAINHILM OPROCLM
GAINLOLM OPROCNEGFL
HIALM.PR OPROCPOSFL
HIALM.SV OPTYPE
HIALM.TYPE ORDERINCM
HOLDOPT OUTIND
HOLDRATE OUTTYPE
HOLDVAL PRIM.[1..8].INITIALIZABLE
INALM PRIMDATA.[1..8].HISELECT
INITMAN PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBSTS
INITREQ[1..8] PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBVAL
INITVAL[1..8] PRIMDATA.[1..8].OROFFSET
INSBLOCK[1..10] PRIMDATA.[1..8].PROPOVRD
INSFAILALM.FL REDTAG
INSFAILALM.PR RESTARTOPT
INSFAILALM.SV SAFEOP
INSFAILFL SECDATAIN.ARWSTS
K SECDATAIN.EUHI
LASTMODEREQ SECDATAIN.EULO
LASTOPREQ SECDATAIN.HISELECT
LASTOPTYPE SECDATAIN.INITSTS
LASTREQFL SECDATAIN.INITVAL
LASTSTEP SECDATAIN.LOCALMAN
MODE SECDATAIN.ORFBSTS

148 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

MODEAPPL[1..4] SECDATAIN.ORFBVAL
MODEATTR SECDATAIN.OROFFSET
MODEATTRFL.NORM SECDATAIN.PROPOVRD
MODEATTRFL.OPER SECINITOPT[1..8]
MODEATTRFL.PROG SIALM.FL
MODECHANGE SIALM.OPT
MODEFL.AUTO SIALM.PR
MODEFL.BCAS SIALM.SV
MODEFL.CAS SIFL
MODEFL.MAN SIOPT
MODEFL.NORM STARTOPT
MODEPERM STARTRATE
MODEREQ STARTVAL
MODETRACK STOPOPT
NAME STOPRATE
NORMMODE STOPVAL
NORMMODEATTR TMOUTFL
NUMINSERT TMOUTTIMEUNCMDCHGALM.
NUMPRI FLUNCMDCHGALM.OPTUNCM
DCHGALM.PRUNCMDCHGALM
.SV
X1
X1P
X1STS
XEUHI
XEULO

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the AUTOMAN Block.

ENHREGCALC (Enhanced Regulatory Control Calculator)


block
Description Lets you write up to eight expressions for creating custom
algorithms for Calculated Variable (CV) calculations.
Provides an interface to windup, initialization and override
feedback processing, so you can add user-defined control blocks
to your control strategies.
The ENHREGCALC block provides the following enhancements
over the REGCALC block.
Expands existing arrayed input parameters XSTS, XCONN

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 149


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

and X.
These arrayed parameters are added to correspond to each
of the ten inputs.
1) Input Description
1) Enable/Disable Switch
1) XSUB Substitute Parameter
An initializable Set Point (SP) input parameter with limit
checking and SP ramping is added. Also, the X[1] input is
converted to a general purpose input.
Mode can be placed in Automatic so operator or program can
supply SP.
This block uses memory based on the number of expressions
configured, pcode size of each expression and the number of
references in the expression.

Function Each expression can contain any valid combination of inputs,


operators and functions; and may perform arithmetic or logic
operations.
You can write expressions for calculating CV under normal,
initialization and override feedback conditions. Or, you can write
expressions which produce initialization and override feedback
values for this block and its primaries.
You can assign the result of an expression or an input to any
assignable output that produces the same outputs as every other
regulatory control block. You can assign the same input to multiple
outputs.

Timeout In cascade mode, this block performs timeout monitoring on SP. If the
Monitoring SP input value is not updated within a predefined time, this block
invokes the following timeout processing.
Sets the input timeout flag (TMOUTFL).

Holds SP at its last good value.

Requests the SP primary to initialize.

Sheds to a user-specified timeout mode (MODE = TMOUTMODE).

The ENHREGCALC block sets its cascade request flag


(CASREQFL), if SP times out and sheds to AUTOmatic mode.

Time-out monitoring is enabled by setting TMOUTTIME to a non-zero

150 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

value, and disabled by setting it to zero.

Control Block brings initialization requests from its secondary through


Initialization BACKCALC. In addition, the secondary may propagate one-shot
initialization requests to this block. However, you can disable the
SECINITOPT so the block ignores initialization requests from the
secondary.

If the secondary is requesting initialization, block:


Initializes its output:

CV = CVINIT (assignable output)


Builds an initialization request for the designated primaries, using
INITREQ and INITVAL (both assignable outputs).

Override If this block is in a cascade strategy with a downstream Override


Feedback Selector (OVRDSEL) block, it receives override feedback data. The
Processing data consists of an override status, override feedback value and an
override offset flag. The status indicates if this block is in the selected
or unselected strategy. The offset flag only applies to PID type
function blocks. However, you can disable the SECINITOPT so the
block ignores override requests from the secondary.

When override status changes from selected to unselected, this


block:
Initializes its output:

CV = CVORFB (assignable output)


Computes a feedback value for SP input:

feedback value for SP = ORFBVAL (assignable output)


feedback status for SP = ORFBSTS (assignable output)

If ORFBVAL and ORFBSTS are not assigned and this block has a
secondary, the ORFBVAL and ORFBSTS received from the
secondary are used to compute ORFBVAL for the primary.

Inputs The following inputs are optional and they only accept real data types.
SP - An initializable input. If Mode is CAScade, SP is pulled from
another function block. If Mode is AUTO, it may be stored by the
operator or a user program.
X[1] through X[10] general purpose inputs.

XWHIFL - An external windup high flag.

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 151


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

XWLOFL - An external windup low flag.

Input Ranges SPEUHI and SPEULO define the full range of SP input in engineering
units. This block applies no range checking, since it assumes that SP
is within SPEUHI and SPEULO. If this function is required, you must
write an expression for it.
SPEUHI represents the 100% of full scale value.

SPEULO represents the 0% of full scale value.

Outputs Block has following initializable outputs:


OP = Calculated output in percent.

OPEU = Calculated output in engineering units.

Note that the default OP connection pin is exposed on the blocks and
the implicit/hidden connection function automatically makes the
appropriate value/status parameter (OPX/OPEUX) connection when
required.

Output Ranges CVEUHI and CVEULO define the full range of CV in engineering
units.
If this block has a secondary, it uses the secondary's input range
through BACKCALC to set its CV range. If it does not have a
secondary, you must define the range through CVEUHI and
CVEULO.
OPHILM and OPLOLM define normal high and low limits for OP as
a percent of the CV range (user-specified values).
OP clamps to these limits if algorithm's calculated result (CV)
exceeds them or another block or user program attempts to
store OP value exceeding them.
Operator may store OP value outside these limits.
OPEXHILM and OPEXLOLM define the extended high and low
limits for OP as a percent of the CV range (user-specified values).
Operator is prevented from storing an OP value that exceeds
these limits.

Assignable You can assign expression results and/or inputs to the following
Outputs outputs.
CV - This block's CV under normal operating conditions.

CVINIT - This block's CV during initialization.

152 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

CVORFB - This block's CV during override (in unselected path).

INITREQ - Initialization request flag, to be provided to the primary.

INITVAL - Initialization value, to be provided to the primary.

ORFBVAL - Override feedback value, to be provided to the


primary.
ORFBSTS - Override feedback status, to be provided to the
primary.

Operators and Table 3 lists the expression operators and functions supported by this
Functions block for reference.

Parameter You must specify a parameter by its full tag name. For example,
Identification "CM25.PumpASelect.PVFL", or "CM57.PID100.MODE".

In effect, tag names allow expressions to have an unlimited number


of inputs and work with any data type. However, do not use more
than six parameter references in an expression.

The expression syntax has been expanded. Delimiters (') can be


used in an expression containing an external reference component.
The format for the delimiter usage is as follows:
TagName.'text'

Expression Must include full tag.parameter name for X inputs in the expression
Rules and enclose identification number in brackets instead of
parenthesizes. For example, CM151.REGCALC BLOCK.X[1]
CM151.REGCALC BLOCK.X[2] is valid.
Expressions cannot contain an assignment operation (a colon and
equal sign with the current syntax) For example,
"CM1.PID1.MODE:=X[1]" is invalid.

Each expression produces a single value (arithmetic or logical


which is automatically stored in a "C" parameter. For example, if
you write four expressions, the result of the first expression is
stored in C[1], the result of the second is stored in C[2], and so on.
You can use these results, by name, in succeeding expressions. In
this example, you could use C[1] as an input to expressions 2, 3,
and 4.
You can mix and nest all operators and functions (including
conditional assignments) in any order as long as value types
match or can be converted.

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 153


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

You can use blanks between operators and parameter names, but
they are not required.
You can use all data types in expressions, including enumerations.
They are all treated as numeric types.
You must configure calculator expressions contiguously (without
breaks) in the arrays.
A short description can be provided for the expressions using the
expression descriptor parameter (EXPRDESC[1..8]). The results of
the expressions, which use the CONST [1...8] parameters, are
affected if you change the values of these parameters on the
Constants tab.

Parameters ALMDB NUMSEC


ALMDBU OP
ALMTM OPBIAS
ARWNETIN OPBIAS.FIX
ARWNET[1..8] OPBIAS.FLOAT
ARWOP OPBIAS.RATE
ARWOPIN OPEU
ASTEPID OPEXHIFL
BADCTLALM.FL OPEXHILM
BADCTLALM.PR OPEXLOFL
BADCTLALM.SV OPEXLOLM
BADCTLFL OPHIALM.DB
BADCTLOPTBADOCOPTBADOC OPHIALM.DBU
OPTENB OPHIALM.FL
C[1..8] OPHIALM.PR
CASREQFL OPHIALM.SV
COMPUTEARW OPHIALM.TM
CONFIGCODE OPHIALM.TP
CONFIGDESC OPHIFL
CONFIGSTS OPHILM
CSTS[1..8] OPLOALM.DB
CTLINIT OPLOALM.DBU
CTLSTATE OPLOALM.FL
CV OPLOALM.PR
CVEUHI OPLOALM.SV
CVEULO OPLOALM.TM
CVINIT OPLOALM.TP
CVINITSRC OPLOFL
CVORFB OPLOLM
CVORFBSRC OPMINCHG
CVSRC OPREQ
CVTYPE OPROCLM
DESC OPROCNEGFL

154 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

ESWENB OPROCPOSFL
ESWFL.AUTO OPTOL
ESWFL.BCAS OPTYPE
ESWFL.CAS ORDERINCM
ESWFL.MAN ORFBSTSSRC
ESWPERM ORFBVALSRCOUTIND
EUDESC PUSHSP
EXECCODE[1..8] REDTAG
EXECDESC[1..8] RESTARTOPT
EXECSTS[1..8] SAFEOP
EXPR[1..8] SECDATAIN.ARWSTS
FBORSTS SECDATAIN.EUHI
GAINHILM SECDATAIN.EULO
GAINLOLM SECDATAIN.HISELECT
HIALM.PR SECDATAIN.INITSTS
HIALM.SV SECDATAIN.INITVAL
HIALM.TYPE SECDATAIN.LOCALMAN
HOLDOPT SECDATAIN.ORFBSTS
HOLDRATE SECDATAIN.ORFBVAL
HOLDVAL SECDATAIN.OROFFSET
INALM SECDATAIN.PROPOVRD
INITMAN SECINITOPT[1..8]
INITREQ[1..8] SIALM.FL
INITREQSRC SIALM.OPT
INITVAL[1..8] SIALM.PR
INITVALSRC SIALM.SV
INSBLOCK[1..10] SIFL
INSFAILALM.FL SIOPT
INSFAILALM.PR SP
INSFAILALM.SV SPEUHI
INSFAILFL SPEULO
K SPFORMAT
LASTMODEREQ SPHIFL
LASTOPREQ SPHILM
LASTOPTYPE SPLOFL
LASTREQFL SPLOLM
LASTSPREQ SPP
LASTSPTVREQ SPRATEREQ
LASTSTEP SPREQ
MODE SPTOL
MODEAPPL[1..4] SPTV
MODEATTR SPTVNORMRATE
MODEATTRFL.NORM SPTVOPT
MODEATTRFL.OPER SPTVP
MODEATTRFL.PROG SPTVRATE
MODECHANGE SPTVREQ
MODEFL.AUTO SPTVSTATE

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 155


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

MODEFL.BCAS SPTVTIME
MODEFL.CAS STARTOPT
MODEFL.MAN STARTRATE
MODEFL.NORM STARTVAL
MODEPERM STOPOPT
MODEREQ STOPRATE
MODETRACK STOPVAL
NAME TMOUTFL
NORMMODE TMOUTMODE
NORMMODEATTR TMOUTTIMEUNCMDCHGALM.F
NUMINSERT LUNCMDCHGALM.OPTUNCMD
NUMPRI CHGALM.PRUNCMDCHGALM.
SV
X[1..10]
XB[1..10]
XDESC[1..10]
XENABLE[1..10]
XK[1..10]
XKB[1..10]
XSTS[1..10]
XSUB[1..10]
XWHIFL
XWLOFL

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the ENHREGCALC Block.

FANOUT block
Description Uses one input and provides up to eight initializable outputs. It may
also have up to eight secondarys, since there is one secondary per
initializable output. You may specify a separate gain, bias, and rate
for each output. Each specified value can be fixed or external. A fixed
value is stored manually or by a program, and an external value is
brought from another function block. This block calculates a separate
floating bias for each output following an initialization or mode
change. This provides a "bumpless" transition for each output.

Function Provides a "bumpless" output for each of up to 8 outputs following


initialization or mode changes.

Timeout In cascade mode, performs timeout monitoring on X1. If the X1 value


Monitoring is not updated within a predefined time, this block invokes the

156 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

following timeout processing.


Sets the "input timeout" flag (TMOUTFL).

Sets the input value to Bad (NaN).

Requests the X1 primary to initialize (through BACKCALCOUT).

This block does not support mode shedding on timeout.

Time-out monitoring is enabled by setting TMOUTTIME to a non-zero


value, and disabled by setting it to zero.

Input X1 = initializable input which must come from another function


block; an operator cannot set it.
XEUHI and XEULO define the full range of X1:

XEUHI represents the 100% of full scale value.


XEULO represents the 0% of full scale value.

Outputs May have up to 8 initializable outputs as follows:


OP[1..8] = Calculated output in percent.

OPEU[1..8] = Calculated output in engineering units.

Note that the default OP[1], [2] connection pins are exposed on the
blocks and the implicit/hidden connection function automatically
makes the appropriate value/status parameter
(OPX[1..8]/OPEUX[1..8]) connection when required.

Output Ranges CVEUHI[1..8] and CVEULO[1..8] define the full range of CV[1..8] in
engineering units -- block has separate output range for each output
based on the input range of each secondary.
OPHILM and OPLOLM define the normal high and low limits for
OP as a percent of the CV range. These are user-specified values
-- the same limits apply to all outputs. An operator may store an
OP value that is outside these limits.
OPEXHILM and OPEXLOLM define the extended high and low
limits for OP as a percent of the CV range. These are user-
specified values -- the same limits apply to all outputs and operator
is prevented from storing an OP that exceeds these limits.

Windup If all secondarys are in high windup, block propagates a high


Processing windup status to its primary (ARWNET[1..8] = Hi).
If all secondarys are in low windup, block propagates a low windup
status to its primary (ARWNET[1..8] = Lo).

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 157


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

If at least one secondary has a normal windup status or is in high


windup and another is in low, block propagates a normal windup
status to its primary.

If the gain is reversed for one of the outputs, then high windup on that
output is the same as low windup on the others.

Parameters ARWMULTOP[1..8] MODETRACK


ARWNET[1..8] NAME
ARWNETIN NORMMODE
ARWOP NORMMODEATTR
ARWOPIN NUMINSERT
ASTEPID NUMPRI
BADCTLALM.FL NUMSEC
BADCTLALM.PR OP[1..8]
BADCTLALM.SV OPBIAS[1..8]
BADCTLFL OPBIAS[1..8].FIX
BADCTLOPTBADOCOPTBADOC OPBIAS[1..8].FLOAT
OPTENB OPBIAS[1..8].RATE
CASREQFL OPEU[1..8]
COMPUTEARW OPEXHIFL[1..8]
CTLINIT OPEXHILM
CTLSTATE OPEXLOFL[1..8]
CV[1..8] OPEXLOLM
CVEUHI[1..8] OPHIFL[1..8]
CVEULO[1..8] OPHILM
CVTYPE OPLOFL[1..8]
DESC OPLOLM
ESWENB OPMINCHG
ESWFL.AUTO OPREQ
ESWFL.BCAS OPROCLM
ESWFL.CAS OPROCNEGFL[1..8]
ESWFL.MAN OPROCPOSFL[1..8]
ESWPERM OPTYPE
EUDESC ORDERINCM
FBORSTS OUTIND
GAINHILM OUTTYPE
GAINLOLM PRIM.[1..8].INITIALIZABLE
HIALM.SV PRIMDATA.[1..8].HISELECT
HIALM.TYPE PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBSTS
HOLDOPT PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBVAL
HOLDRATE PRIMDATA.[1..8].OROFFSET
HOLDVAL PRIMDATA.[1..8].PROPOVRD
INALM REDTAG
INITMAN RESTARTOPT
INITREQ[1..8] SAFEOP
INITVAL[1..8] SECDATAIN.ARWSTS

158 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

INSBLOCK[1..10] SECDATAIN.EUHI
INSFAILALM.FL SECDATAIN.EULO
INSFAILALM.PR SECDATAIN.HISELECT
INSFAILALM.SV SECDATAIN.INITSTS
INSFAILFL SECDATAIN.INITVAL
K[1..8] SECDATAIN.LOCALMAN
LASTMODEREQ SECDATAIN.ORFBSTS
LASTOPREQ SECDATAIN.ORFBVAL
LASTOPTYPE SECDATAIN.OROFFSET
LASTREQFL SECDATAIN.PROPOVRD
LASTSTEP SECINITOPT[1..8]
MODE SIALM.FL
MODEAPPL[1..4] SIALM.OPT
MODEATTR SIALM.PR
MODEATTRFL.NORM SIALM.SV
MODEATTRFL.OPER SIFL
MODEATTRFL.PROG SIOPT
MODECHANGE SPHILM
MODEFL.AUTO STARTOPT
MODEFL.BCAS STARTRATE
MODEFL.CAS STARTVAL
MODEFL.MAN STOPOPT
MODEFL.NORM STOPRATE
MODEPERM STOPVAL
MODEREQ TMOUTFL
TMOUTMODE
TMOUTTIMEUNCMDCHGALM.
FLUNCMDCHGALM.OPTUNCM
DCHGALM.PRUNCMDCHGALM
.SV
X1
X1P
X1STS
XEUHI
XEULO

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the FANOUT Block.

OVRDSEL(Override Selector) block


Description Provides override feedback data to every block in an upstream
cascade control strategy. Also provides bypass processing, control

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 159


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

initialization, and override feedback propagation.

Function Accepts up to four inputs (primaries) and selects the one with the
highest or lowest value.

Timeout In cascade mode, performs timeout monitoring on all inputs X[1]


Monitoring through X[4] that are not bypassed. If an input value is not updated
within a predefined time, this block invokes the following timeout
processing.
Sets the "input timeout" flag (TMOUTFL).

Sets the input value to Bad (NaN).

Requests the input's primary to initialize.

This block does not support mode shedding on timeout.

Time-out monitoring is enabled by setting TMOUTTIME to a non-zero


value, and disabled by setting it to zero.

Inputs Accepts up to 4 inputs -- X[1] through X[4].


At least 2 inputs (X1 and X2) are required, others are optional.

You can configure a 15-character description for each input.

The inputs must appear from other function blocks; an operator


cannot store it in them.

Input Ranges XEUHI and XEULO define the full range of inputs.

XEUHI represents the 100% of full scale value.


XEULO represents the 0% of full scale value.

Outputs Block has following initializable outputs:


OP = Calculated output in percent.

OPEU = Calculated output in engineering units

Note that the default OP connection pin is exposed on the blocks and
the implicit/hidden connection function automatically makes the
appropriate value/status parameter (OPX/OPEUX) connection when
required.

Output Ranges CVEUHI and CVEULO define the full range of CV in engineering
units. If this block has a secondary, it brings the secondary's input
range through the BACKCALC and sets its CV range to that. If it has
no secondary, CVEUHI and CVEULO track its own input range
(XEUHI and XEULO).

160 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

OPHILM and OPLOLM (user-specified values) define normal high


and low limits for OP as a percent of the CV range.
OP clamps to these limits if algorithms calculated result (CV)
exceeds them or another block or user program attempts to
store an OP value exceeding them.
Operator may store an OP value outside these limits.
OPEXHILM and OPEXLOLM (user-specified values) define the
extended high and low limits for OP as a percent of the CV range.
Operator is prevented from storing an OP value that exceeds
these limits.

Parameters ALMDB OPBIAS


ALMDBU OPBIAS.FIX
ALMTM OPBIAS.FLOAT
ARWNET[1..8] OPBIAS.RATE
ARWOP OPEU
ASTEPID OPEXHIFL
BADCTLALM.FL OPEXHILM
BADCTLALM.PR OPEXLOFL
BADCTLALM.SV OPEXLOLM
BADCTLFL OPHIALM.DB
BADCTLOPTBADOCOPTBAD OPHIALM.DBU
OCOPTENB OPHIALM.FL
BADINPTOPT[1..4] OPHIALM.PR
CONTROLREQ OPHIALM.SV
COMPUTEARW OPHIALM.TM
CTLEQN OPHIALM.TP
CTLINIT OPHIFL
CTLSTATE OPHILM
CV OPLOALM.DB
CVEUHI OPLOALM.DBU
CVEULO OPLOALM.FL
CVTYPE OPLOALM.PR
DESC OPLOALM.SV
ESWENB OPLOALM.TM
ESWFL.AUTO OPLOALM.TP
ESWFL.BCAS OPLOFL
ESWFL.CAS OPLOLM
ESWFL.MAN OPMINCHG
ESWPERM OPREQ
EUDESC OPROCLM
FBORSTS OPROCNEGFL
HIALM.PR OPROCPOSFL
HIALM.SV OPTYPE

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 161


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

HIALM.TYPE ORBYPASSFL[1..4]
HOLDOPT ORBYPPERM
HOLDRATE ORDERINCM
HOLDVAL OROFFSET
INALM OROPT
INITMAN OUTIND
INITREQ[1..8] OUTTYPE
INITVAL[1..8] PRIM.[1..8].INITIALIZABLE
INSBLOCK[1..10] PRIMDATA.[1..8].HISELECT
INSFAILALM.FL PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBSTS
INSFAILALM.PR PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBVAL
INSFAILALM.SV PRIMDATA.[1..8].OROFFSET
INSFAILFL PRIMDATA.[1..8].PROPOVRD
LASTMODEREQ REDTAG
LASTOPREQ RESTARTOPT
LASTOPTYPE SAFEOP
LASTREQFL SECDATAIN.ARWSTS
LASTSTEP SECDATAIN.EUHI
MODE SECDATAIN.EULO
MODEAPPL[1..4] SECDATAIN.HISELECT
MODEATTR SECDATAIN.INITSTS
MODEATTRFL.NORM SECDATAIN.INITVAL
MODEATTRFL.OPER SECDATAIN.LOCALMAN
MODEATTRFL.PROG SECDATAIN.ORFBSTS
MODECHANGE SECDATAIN.ORFBVAL
MODEFL.AUTO SECDATAIN.OROFFSET
MODEFL.BCAS SECDATAIN.PROPOVRD
MODEFL.CAS SECINITOPT[1..8]
MODEFL.MAN SELXDESC
MODEFL.NORM SELXFL[1..4]
MODEPERM SELXINP
MODEREQ SIALM.FL
MODETRACK SIALM.OPT
NAME SIALM.PR
NORMMODE SIALM.SV
NORMMODEATTR SIFL
NUMINSERT SIOPT
NUMPRI STARTOPT
NUMSEC STARTRATE
OP STARTVAL
STOPOPT
STOPRATE
STOPVAL
TMOUTFL
TMOUTTIMEUNCMDCHGALM.FLU
NCMDCHGALM.OPTUNCMDCHGA
LM.PRUNCMDCHGALM.SV

162 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

X[1..4]
XEUHI
XEULO

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the OVRDSEL Block.

PID block
Description Operates as a proportional-integral-derivative (PID) controller and
supports the Ideal form of calculating the PID terms.

Function Accepts 2 analog inputs -- Process Variable (PV) and Set Point (SP);
produces output calculated to reduce the difference between PV and
SP. Provides anti-windup protection, control initialization and override
feedback processing.

Timeout In cascade mode, performs timeout monitoring on SP. If a good SP


Monitoring value is not received within a predefined time, this block invokes the
following timeout processing.
Sets the input timeout flag (TMOUTFL).

Holds the SP value at its last good value.

Changes the mode to a user-specified TMOUTMODE.

Requests the input's primary to initialize.

If SP times out and the block sheds to Auto mode, block sets the
Cascade Request flag (CASREQFL).

Time-out monitoring is enabled by setting TMOUTTIME to a non-zero


value, and disabled by setting it to zero.

Inputs Required number of inputs is determined by this block's mode:


If Mode = Cascade, 2 inputs are required - PV and SP. Both must
be pulled from other function blocks.
If Mode = Auto or Man, only PV is required. PV must be pulled
from another function block; the user cannot store to it.
SP contains set point value in engineering units; SPP contains
value in percent.
If Mode = Auto, operator or user program may store to either

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 163


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

SP or SPP.
SP is an initializable input; PV is non-initializable.

Input Ranges PVEUHI and PVEULO define full range of PV in engineering units.
and Limits They also define the engineering unit range of SP, since PV and
SP are assumed to have the same range.
PVEUHI represents the 100% of full scale value.
PVEULO represents the 0% of full scale value.
SPHILM and SPLOLM define set point operating limits in
engineering units.
Prevents operator from storing SP value outside limits; if
primary or user program attempts to store value outside
limits, block clamps it to appropriate limit and sets primary's
windup status.

Outputs Block has following initializable outputs:


OP = Calculated output in percent.

OPEU = Calculated output in engineering units

Note that the default OP connection pin is exposed on the blocks and
the implicit/hidden connection function automatically makes the
appropriate value/status parameter (OPX/OPEUX) connection when
required.

Output Ranges CVEUHI and CVEULO define full range of CV in engineering units. If
and Limits this block has a secondary, it brings the secondary's input range
through the BACKCALC and sets its CV range to that. If it has no
secondary, you must specify CVEUHI and CVEULO range.
OPHILM and OPLOLM define normal high and low limits for OP as
a percent of CV range (user-specified values).
OP clamps to limits if calculated CV exceeds them, or
another block or user program attempts to store OP value
exceeding them; operator may store OP value outside these
limits.
OPEXHILM and OPEXLOLM define extended high and low limits
for OP as percent of CV range (user-entered values).
Prevents operator from storing OP value that exceeds these
limits.

Equation Equation A - Proportional, Integral, and Derivative on error.

164 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

Options Equation B -- Proportional and Integral on error and Derivative on


changes in PV.
Equation C -- Integral on error and Proportional and Derivative on
changes in PV.
Equation D -- Integral only.

Equation E -- Proportional only; this equation supports the


following two options that affect CV:
Output bias processing which adds fixed and floating bias to
unbiased CV.
Reverse-control action causes the sign of the unbiased CV to
be reversed.

Gain Options If equation A, B, or C is selected, any of the following gain options


may be chosen:
Linear Gain -- provides proportional control action that is equal to a
constant (K) times the error.
Gap Gain -- used to reduce sensitivity of control system when PV
is in user-specified band (gap) around set point.
Nonlinear Gain -- control action is proportional to square of error,
rather than the error itself.
External Gain -- gain (K) is modified by input value that can appear
from the process, another block or user program.

Direct or Reverse Direct action -- increase in error increases output (OP).


Control
Reverse action -- increase in error decreases output (OP).

Parameters ADVDEVALM.DB OPBIAS


ADVDEVALM.DBU OPBIAS.FIX
ADVDEVALM.FL OPBIAS.FLOAT
ADVDEVALM.PR OPBIAS.RATE
ADVDEVALM.SV OPEU
ADVDEVALM.TM OPEXHIFL
ADVDEVALM.TP OPEXHILM
ADVDEVOPT OPEXLOFL
ADVSP OPEXLOLM
ADVSPP OPHIALM.DB
ALMDB OPHIALM.DBU
ALMDBU OPHIALM.FL
ALMTM OPHIALM.PR
ARWNET[1..8] OPHIALM.SV

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 165


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

ARWOP OPHIALM.TM
ASTEPID OPHIALM.TP
BADCTLALM.FL OPHIFL
BADCTLALM.PR OPHILM
BADCTLALM.SV OPLOALM.DB
BADCTLFL OPLOALM.DBU
BADCTLOPTBADOCOPTBADO OPLOALM.FL
COPTENB OPLOALM.PR
CASREQFL OPLOALM.SV
COMPUTEARW OPLOALM.TM
CTLACTN OPLOALM.TP
CTLEQN OPLOFL
CTLINIT OPLOLM
CTLSTATE OPMINCHG
CV OPREQ
CVEUHI OPROCLM
CVEULO OPROCNEGFL
CVTYPE OPROCPOSFL
DELCV OPTYPE
DESC ORDERINCM
DEV OUTIND
DEVHIALM.DB OUTTYPE
DEVHIALM.DBU PRIM.[1..8].INITIALIZABLE
DEVHIALM.FL PRIMDATA.[1..8].HISELECT
DEVHIALM.PR PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBSTS
DEVHIALM.SV PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBVAL
DEVHIALM.TM PRIMDATA.[1..8].OROFFSET
DEVHIALM.TP PRIMDATA.[1..8].PROPOVRDPU
DEVLOALM.DB SHSP
DEVLOALM.DBU PV
DEVLOALM.FL PVEUHI
DEVLOALM.PR PVEULO
DEVLOALM.SV PVFORMAT
DEVLOALM.TM PVMANOPT
DEVLOALM.TP PVP
EQNEUNITSOPT PVSTS
ESWENB PVSTSFL.BAD
ESWFL.AUTO PVSTSFL.MAN
ESWFL.BCAS PVSTSFL.NORM
ESWFL.CAS PVSTSFL.UNCER
ESWFL.MAN PVTRAKOPT
ESWPERM PVTRAKOPTAI
EUDESC REDTAG
FBORSTS RESTARTOPT
GAINHILM SAFEOP
GAINLOLM SECDATAIN.ARWSTS
GAINOPT SECDATAIN.EUHI

166 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

GAPHILM SECDATAIN.EULO
GAPLOLM SECDATAIN.HISELECT
HIALM.PR SECDATAIN.INITSTS
HIALM.SV SECDATAIN.INITVAL
HIALM.TYPE SECDATAIN.LOCALMAN
HOLDOPT SECDATAIN.ORFBSTS
HOLDRATE SECDATAIN.ORFBVAL
HOLDVAL SECDATAIN.OROFFSET
INALM SECDATAIN.PROPOVRD
INITMAN SECINITOPT[1..8]
INITREQ[1..8] SIALM.FL
INITVAL[1..8] SIALM.OPT
INSBLOCK[1..10] SIALM.PR
INSFAILALM.FL SIALM.SV
INSFAILALM.PR SIFL
INSFAILALM.SV SIOPT
INSFAILFL SP
K] SPEUHI
KLIN SPEULO
KMODIFEXT SPFORMAT
KMODIFGAP SPHIFL
KMODIFNL SPHILM
LASTGOODPV SPLOFL
LASTMODEREQ SPLOLM
LASTOPREQ SPP
LASTOPTYPE SPRATEREQ
LASTRATEREQ SPREQ
LASTREQFL SPTV
LASTSPREQ SPTVDEVFL
LASTSPTVREQ SPTVDEVMAX
LASTSTEP SPTVNORMRATE
LEGACYGAP SPTVOPT
MODE SPTVP
MODEAPPL[1..4] SPTVRATE
MODEATTR SPTVREQ
MODEATTRFL.NORM SPTVSTATE
MODEATTRFL.OPER SPTVTIME
MODEATTRFL.PROG STARTOPT
MODECHANGE STARTRATE
MODEFL.AUTO STARTVAL
MODEFL.BCAS STOPOPT
MODEFL.CAS STOPRATE
MODEFL.MAN STOPVAL
MODEFL.NORM T1
MODEPERM T1HILM
MODEREQ T1LOLM
MODETRACK T2

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 167


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

NAME T2HILM
NLFORM T2LOLM
NLGAIN TMOUTFL
NORMMODE TMOUTMODE
NORMMODEATTR TMOUTTIMEUNCMDCHGALM.F
NUMINSERT LUNCMDCHGALM.OPTUNCMDC
NUMPRI HGALM.PRUNCMDCHGALM.SV
NUMSEC
OP

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the PID Block.

PIDER block
Description Operates as a Proportional-Integral-Derivative (PID) controller that
accepts a reset feedback signal, a tracking value, and a tracking
control switch. It supports the same Ideal form of calculating the PID
terms as the PID block. It also prevents windup when the secondary
does not propagate windup status or control initialization data back to
the primary of a remote (foreign) controller.

Function It accepts five analog inputs - a Process Variable (PV), a Set Point
(SP), a Reset Feedback Value (RFB), a Tracking Value (TRFB), and
a Tracking Control Switch (S1). The difference between PV and SP is
the error and this block calculates a control output (OP) that should
drive the error to zero.

Timeout In cascade mode, it performs timeout monitoring on SP. If a good SP


Monitoring value is not received within a predefined time, this block invokes the
following timeout processing.
Sets the input timeout flag (TMOUTFL).

Holds the SP value at its last good value.

Changes the mode to a user-specified TMOUTMODE.

Requests the input's primary to initialize.

If SP times out and the block sheds to Auto mode, block sets the
Cascade Request flag (CASREQFL).

Time-out monitoring is enabled by setting TMOUTTIME to a non-zero

168 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

value, and disabled by setting it to zero.

Inputs Required number of inputs is determined by this block's mode:


If Mode is CAScade, five inputs are required - PV, SP, RFB, TRFB
and S1.
If Mode is AUTOmatic or MANual, PV, RFB, TRFB and S1 are
required.
SP contains set point value in engineering units; SPP contains
value in percent.
If Mode = Auto, operator or user program may store to either
SP or SPP.
SP is the only initializable input; other inputs are non-initializable.

RFB and TRFB must be pulled from another block, you cannot
store it in them. The RFB input is optional. If the PIDER block is
used for external tracking features only, the RFB input is not
required.
S1 can be triggered by another function block or set by a user-
written program.

Input Ranges PVEUHI and PVEULO define full range of PV in engineering units.
and Limits They also define the engineering unit range of SP, since PV and
SP are assumed to have the same range.
PVEUHI represents 100% of full scale value.
PVEULO represents 0% of full scale value.
SPHILM and SPLOLM define set point operating limits in
engineering units.
Prevents operator from storing SP value outside limits; if
primary or user program attempts to store value outside
limits, block clamps it to appropriate limit and sets primary's
windup status.
The RFB and TRFB values typically come from a remote
controller. The PIDER block applies no range check for these
parameters.
The S1 input is a Boolean flag and the values are only On and Off.

Outputs The block does not support output initialization, and therefore cannot
have a secondary. Initialization only occurs when the tracking control
switch (S1) is On.

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 169


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

Block has the following outputs:


OP = Calculated output in percent.

OPEU = Calculated output in engineering units

Note that the default OP connection pin is exposed on the blocks and
the implicit/hidden connection function automatically makes the
appropriate value/status parameter (OPX/OPEUX) connection when
required.

Output Ranges CVEUHI and CVEULO must be specified by the user. The specified
and Limits values must match the Engineering Units (EU) range of the RFB and
TRFB signals, which are the range of the remote (foreign) controller
or secondary.
OPHILM and OPLOLM define normal high and low limits for OP as
a percent of CV range (user-specified values).
OP clamps to limits if calculated CV exceeds them, or
another block or user program attempts to store OP value
exceeding them; operator may store OP value outside these
limits.
OPEXHILM and OPEXLOLM define extended high and low limits
for OP as a percent of CV range (user-entered values).
Prevents operator from storing OP value that exceeds these
limits.
MAXRFBDEV is the maximum deviation allowed between CV and
RFB, in percent. It is used to provide windup protection for OP.
If the scaled, integrated deviation of CV from RFB exceeds
MAXRFBDEV in the positive direction, the PIDER block sets
the output windup status (ARWOP) to High, which prevents
CV from going higher. If the deviation exceeds MAXRFBDEV
in the negative direction, it sets ARWOP to Low, which
prevents CV from going lower. This occurs only if the tracking
control switch (S1) is Off.

Equation Equation A - Proportional, Integral, and Derivative on error.


Options
Equation B -- Proportional and Integral on error and Derivative on
changes in PV.
Equation C -- Integral on error and Proportional and Derivative on
changes in PV.
Equation D -- Integral only.

170 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

In addition to the PID equations above, the PIDER block supports


equation variations depending on the status of the tracking switch
(S1).
Output bias processing which adds fixed and floating bias to
unbiased CV.
Reverse-control action causes the sign of the unbiased CV to
be reversed.

Gain Options If equation A, B, or C is selected, any of the following gain options


may be chosen:
Linear Gain -- provides proportional control action that is equal to a
constant (K) times the error.
Gap Gain -- used to reduce sensitivity of control system when PV
is in user-specified band (gap) around set point.
Nonlinear Gain -- control action is proportional to square of error,
rather than the error itself.
External Gain -- gain (K) is modified by input value that can appear
from the process, another block or user program.

Direct or Reverse Direct action -- increase in error increases output (OP).


Control
Reverse action -- increase in error decreases output (OP).

Parameters ADVDEVALM.DB NLGAIN


ADVDEVALM.DBU NORMMODE
ADVDEVALM.FL NORMMODEATTR
ADVDEVALM.PR NUMINSERT
ADVDEVALM.SV NUMPRI
ADVDEVALM.TM NUMSEC
ADVDEVALM.TP OP
ADVDEVOPT OPBIAS
ADVSP OPBIAS.FIX
ADVSPP OPBIAS.FLOAT
ALMDB OPBIAS.RATE
ALMDBU OPEU
ALMTM OPEXHIFL
ARWNET[1..8] OPEXHILM
ARWNETIN[1..8] OPEXLOFL
ARWOP OPEXLOLM
ARWOPIN OPHIALM.DB
ASTEPID OPHIALM.DBU
BADCTLALM.FL OPHIALM.FL
BADCTLALM.PR OPHIALM.PR

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 171


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

BADCTLALM.SV OPHIALM.SV
BADCTLFL OPHIALM.TM
BADCTLOPT OPHIALM.TP
CASREQFL OPHIFL
COMPUTEARW OPHILM
CTLACTN OPLOALM.DB
CTLEQN OPLOALM.DBU
CTLINIT OPLOALM.FL
CTLSTATE OPLOALM.PR
CV OPLOALM.SV
CVEUHI OPLOALM.TM
CVEULO OPLOALM.TP
CVTYPE OPLOFL
DELCV OPLOLM
DESC OPMINCHG
DEV OPREQ
DEVHIALM.DB OPROCLM
DEVHIALM.DBU OPROCNEGFL
DEVHIALM.FL OPROCPOSFL
DEVHIALM.PR OPTOL
DEVHIALM.SV OPTYPE
DEVHIALM.TM ORDERINCM
DEVHIALM.TP OUTIND
DEVLOALM.DB OUTTYPEPUSHSP
DEVLOALM.DBU PV
DEVLOALM.FL PVEUHI
DEVLOALM.PR PVEULO
DEVLOALM.SV PVFORMAT
DEVLOALM.TM PVMANOPT
DEVLOALM.TP PVP
ESWENB PVSTS
ESWFL.AUTO PVSTSFL.BAD
ESWFL.BCAS PVSTSFL.MAN
ESWFL.CAS PVSTSFL.NORM
ESWFL.MAN PVSTSFL.UNCER
ESWPERM PVTRAKOPT
EUDESC PVTRAKOPTAI
FBORSTS REDTAG
GAINHILM RESTARTOPT
GAINLOLM RFB
GAINOPT S1
GAPHILM SAFEOP
GAPLOLM SECDATAIN.ARWSTS
HIALM.PR SECDATAIN.EUHI
HIALM.SV SECDATAIN.EULO
HIALM.TYPE SECDATAIN.HISELECT
HOLDOPT SECDATAIN.INITSTS

172 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

HOLDRATE SECDATAIN.INITVAL
HOLDVAL SECDATAIN.LOCALMAN
INALM SECDATAIN.ORFBSTS
INITMAN SECDATAIN.ORFBVAL
INITREQ[1..8] SECDATAIN.OROFFSET
INITVAL[1..8] SECDATAIN.PROPOVRD
INSBLOCK[1..10] SECINITOPT[1..8]
INSFAILALM.FL SIALM.FL
INSFAILALM.PR SIALM.OPT
INSFAILALM.SV SIALM.PR
INSFAILFL SIALM.SV
K SIFL
K1 SIOPT
KLIN SP
KMODIFEXT SPEUHI
KMODIFGAP SPEULO
KMODIFNL SPFORMAT
LASTGOODPV SPHIFL
LASTMODEREQ SPHILM
LASTOPREQ SPLOFL
LASTOPTYPE SPLOLM
LASTRATEREQ SPP
LASTREQFL SPRATEREQ
LASTSPREQ SPREQ
LASTSPTVREQ SPTOL
LASTSTEP SPTV
LEGACYGAP SPTVDEVFL
MAXRFBDEV SPTVDEVMAX
MODE SPTVNORMRATE
MODEAPPL[1..4] SPTVOPT
MODEATTR SPTVP
MODEATTRFL.NORM SPTVRATE
MODEATTRFL.OPER SPTVREQ
MODEATTRFL.PROG SPTVSTATE
MODECHANGE SPTVTIME
MODEFL.AUTO STARTOPT
MODEFL.BCAS STARTRATE
MODEFL.CAS STARTVAL
MODEFL.MAN STOPOPT
MODEFL.NORM STOPRATE
MODEPERM STOPVAL
MODEREQ T1
MODETRACK T1HILM
NAME T1LOLM
NLFORM T2
T2HILM
T2LOLM

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 173


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

TMOUTFL
TMOUTMODE
TMOUTTIME
TRFB

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the PIDER Block.ck.

PID-PL block
Description A regulatory control block combining the functionality of PID controller
with a robust, model-based, predictive controller and optimizer, Profit
Loop PKS. In many cases, Profit Loop PKS provides superior control
and should be used in place of the standard PID algorithms.

See the Control Builder Components Theory, Regulatory Control


section, PID-PL (Profit Loop PKS) Block for discussion of benefits.

Function Belongs to a class of controllers known as "model predictive control."


These controllers rely on a dynamic model to predict future
movement in the process variable. If the predicted PV does not meet
the control objectives (maintain at current setpoint), control action is
taken to realign the PV with its objectives. In contrast, a PID controller
uses past and current error trajectories to restore the PV to its SP
within one control move, regardless of the long-term consequences of
the move.

See the Control Builder Components Theory, Regulatory Control


section, PID-PL (Profit Loop PKS) Block for the discussion of
benefits.

Timeout The PID-PL block monitors for communication timeouts between


Monitoring primary and secondary controllers of a cascade pair. This block uses
the same methodology as the PID block. See Timeout Monitoring for
PID block for implementation details.

Inputs The PID-PL block requires two inputs: PV and SP. See Required
Inputs for PID block for details on these inputs.

For range control, the PID-PL block requires two additional inputs:
SPHI and SPLO. These parameters cannot be initialized. They can
be pulled from another block, set through operator entry, or stored by
a user program.

Input Ranges For PID or Profit Loop PKS setpoint control, the PID range limits

174 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

and Limits apply. See Input ranges and limits for PID block for details.

For range control,


PVEUHI and PVEULO define the engineering unit range for
MODELPV, SP, SPHI, and SPLO.
SPHILM and SPLOLM define the operating limits in engineering
units for SPHI, and SPLO. If a value is entered outside these limits
but within the engineering unit range, this block clamps the value at
its appropriate limit. Otherwise, an out of bounds error is
generated.
SPHI and SPLO define the operating limits in engineering units for
SP. The operator is prevented from storing a setpoint value that is
outside these limits. If the primary or a user program attempts to
store a value outside the limits, this block clamps it to the
appropriate limit and sets the primary's windup status.

Outputs The PID-PL block supports a single initializable output. Like PID, this
calculated output can be either in percent, OP, or in engineering
units, OPEU. See Initializable outputs for PID block for more details.

Output Ranges The output range of a PID-PL block is identical to the PID block. See
and Limits Output ranges and limits for PID block for details.

Equation The PID-PL block supports the standard five PID equations (EqA
Options through EqE) as well as the Profit Loop equation, PROFITLOOP.
For details on the PROFITLOOP equation type, see the Control
Builder Components Theory, Regulatory Control section, PID-PL
(Profit Loop PKS) Block for the discussion of benefits.
For details on the PID equations, see PID equations.

Gain Options The gain options only apply for applicable PID equations A, B, or C.
The PROFITLOOP equation does not support the gain options.
See Gain options for use with PID equations.

Direct or Reverse A PID-PL block may be configured for direct-control action or reverse-
Control control action, effectively changing the sign of the controller gain. See
Direct or reverse control for PID block for implementation details.

With Profit Loop PKS, the sign of the controller gain is determined by
the sign of the process model gain. To prevent mismatch between the
model gain and control action, changes to CTLACTN are not allowed.
Furthermore, when the model gain changes (including initial loading
of the function block), CTLACTN is set to match the new gain
direction.

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 175


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

A positive process model gain leads to reverse control action.

A negative process model gain leads to direct control action.

Parameters All PID parameters apply to the PID-PL block. They are listed here.
Parameters unique to the PID-PL block are presented in bold.

ADVDEVALM.DB OPEXHIFL
ADVDEVALM.DBU OPEXHILM
ADVDEVALM.FL OPEXLOFL
ADVDEVALM.PR OPEXLOLM
ADVDEVALM.SV OPHIACTIVE
ADVDEVALM.TM OPHIALM.DB
ADVDEVALM.TP OPHIALM.DBU
ADVDEVOPT OPHIALM.FL
ADVSP OPHIALM.PR
ADVSPP OPHIALM.SV
ALMDB OPHIALM.TM
ALMDBU OPHIALM.TP
ALMTM OPHIFL
ARWNET[1..8] OPHILM
ARWOP OPHILMOPT
ARWRATIO OPHIOPTOFFSET
ASTEPID OPLOACTIVE
BADCTLALM.FL OPLOALM.DB
BADCTLALM.PR OPLOALM.DBU
BADCTLALM.SV OPLOALM.FL
BADCTLFL OPLOALM.PR
BADCTLOPTBADOCOPTBADO OPLOALM.SV
COPTENB OPLOALM.TM
BADPVALM.FL OPLOALM.TP
BADPVALM.PR OPLOFL
BADPVALM.SV OPLOLM
BADPVALM.TP OPLOLMOPT
CALIBRATION OPLOOPTOFFSET
CASREQFL OPMINCHG
CLOSEDLOOPRESP OPREQ
COMPUTEARW OPROCLM
CTLACTN OPROCNEGFL
CTLEQN OPROCPOSFL
CTLINIT OPTMODE
CTLSTATE OPTSPEED
CTRLMODE OPTYPE
CV ORDERINCM
CVEUHI OUTIND
CVEULO OUTTYPE
CVTYPE PREDPVHIALM.FL

176 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

D[1..5] PREDPVHIALM.PR
DELCV PREDPVHIALM.SV
DESC PREDPVHIALM.TP
DEV PREDPVLOALM.FL
DEVHIALM.DB PREDPVLOALM.PR
DEVHIALM.DBU PREDPVLOALM.SV
DEVHIALM.FL PREDPVLOALM.TP
DEVHIALM.PR PRFRATIO
DEVHIALM.SV PRIM.[1..8].INITIALIZABLE
DEVHIALM.TM PRIMDATA.[1..8].HISELECT
DEVHIALM.TP PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBSTS
DEVLOALM.DB PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBVAL
DEVLOALM.DBU PRIMDATA.[1..8].OROFFSET
DEVLOALM.FL PRIMDATA.[1..8].PROPOVRD
DEVLOALM.PR PROCDEADTIME
DEVLOALM.SV PROCDEADTIMEACT
DEVLOALM.TM PROCDEADTIMEBIAS
DEVLOALM.TP PROCGAINACT
ESWENB PROCGAINEU
ESWFL.AUTO PROCGAINMULT
ESWFL.BCAS PROCGAINPCT
ESWFL.CAS PROCGAINUNITSPUSHSP
ESWFL.MAN PVPVASYNCOPT
ESWPERM PVEUHI
EUDESC PVEULO
FBORSTS PVFORMAT
GAINHILM PVMANOPT
GAINLOLM PVP
GAINOPT PVSTS
GAPHILM PVSTSFL.BAD
GAPLOLM PVSTSFL.MAN
HIALM.PR PVSTSFL.NORM
HIALM.SV PVSTSFL.UNCER
HIALM.TYPE PVTRAKOPT
HOLDOPT PVTRAKOPTAI
HOLDRATE REDTAG
HOLDVAL RESET
INALM RESETMODEL
INITMAN RESTARTOPT
INITREQ[1..8] SAFEOP
INITVAL[1..8] SECDATAIN.ARWSTS
INSBLOCK[1..10] SECDATAIN.EUHI
INSFAILALM.FL SECDATAIN.EULO
INSFAILALM.PR SECDATAIN.HISELECT
INSFAILALM.SV SECDATAIN.INITSTS
INSFAILFL SECDATAIN.INITVAL
K] SECDATAIN.LOCALMAN

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 177


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

KLIN SECDATAIN.ORFBSTS
KMODIFEXT SECDATAIN.ORFBVAL
KMODIFGAP SECDATAIN.OROFFSET
KMODIFNL SECDATAIN.PROPOVRD
LASTGOODPV SECINITOPT[1..8]
LASTMODEREQ SIALM.FL
LASTOPREQ SIALM.OPT
LASTOPTYPE SIALM.PR
LASTRATEREQ SIALM.SV
LASTREQFL SIFL
LASTSPREQ SIOPT
LASTSPTVREQ SP
LASTSTEPLEGACYGAP SPEUHI
MODE SPEULO
MODEAPPL[1..4] SPFORMAT
MODEATTR SPHI
MODEATTRFL.NORM SPHIACTIVE
MODEATTRFL.OPER SPHIFL
MODEATTRFL.PROG SPHILM
MODECHANGE SPHILMOPT
MODEFL.AUTO SPHIOPTOFFSET
MODEFL.BCAS SPHIRAMPRATE
MODEFL.CAS SPLO
MODEFL.MAN SPLOACTIVE
MODEFL.NORM SPLOFL
MODELPV SPLOLM
MODEPERM SPLOLMOPT
MODEREQ SPLOOPTOFFSET
MODETRACK SPLORAMPRATE
N[1..5] SPP
NEWSAMPLE SPRATEREQ
NLFORMNLGAIN SPREQ
NORMMODE SPTV
NORMMODEATTR SPTVDEVFL
NUMCOEFDEN SPTVDEVMAX
NUMCOEFNUM SPTVNORMRATE
NUMINSERT SPTVOPT
NUMPRI SPTVP
NUMSEC SPTVRATE
OP SPTVREQ
OPBIAS SPTVSTATE
OPBIAS.FIX SPTVTIME
OPBIAS.FLOAT STARTOPT
OPBIAS.RATE STARTRATE
OPENLOOPRESP STARTVAL
OPEU STEADYSTATEOP
OPEUMOVE STEADYSTATEOPEU

178 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

STEADYSTATEPV
STOPOPT
STOPRATE
STOPVAL
T1
T1HILM
T1LOLM
T2
T2HILM
T2LOLM
TMOUTFL
TMOUTMODE
TMOUTTIMEUNCMDCHGALM.F
LUNCMDCHGALM.OPTUNCMDC
HGALM.PRUNCMDCHGALM.SV
UPDATEMODEL
VALVETRAVELRDCT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the PID-PL Block.

PIDFF (PID Feedforward) block


Description The PIDFF block is like the PID block but it accepts a feed forward
signal as an additional input. You can configure the PIDFF block so
the feedforward signal is added to or multiplied by the normal PID
algorithm's incremental output to meet the particular control
requirements.

Function The multiplicative feedforward action is typically used to


compensate for variations in process gain that are caused by
changes in the throughput. It is usually used with a lead/lag relay to
provide dynamic feedforward control for a given application. For
example, if the feed rate is doubled in a heating application, twice
the amount of fuel might be required, which is equivalent to
doubling the process gain.
Includes the feedforward signal (FF) in the calculation of the PID's
incremental output before the full value output is accumulated.

Timeout In cascade mode, performs timeout monitoring on SP. If a good SP


Monitoring value is not received within a predefined time, this block invokes the
following timeout processing.

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 179


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

Sets the input timeout flag (TMOUTFL).

Holds the SP value at its last good value.

Changes the mode to a user-specified TMOUTMODE.

Requests the input's primary to initialize.

If SP times out and the block sheds to Auto mode, block sets its
Cascade Request flag (CASREQFL).

Time-out monitoring is enabled by setting TMOUTTIME to a non-zero


value, and disabled by setting it to zero.

Inputs Requires both PV and FF inputs to provide its feedforward


function. The PV and FF inputs must be pulled from other blocks;
you cannot store it in them. The feedforward signal may appear
from a field device (through an IA channel block) or an Auxiliary
function block. Field inputs are typically subjected to deadtime or
lead-lag compensation before being connected to the FF input of
this block, which may be provided by the Deadtime or Lead-Lag
Auxiliary function blocks.
The SP input is not required, since it does not have to be pulled
from another function block.
If Mode is CAScade and the SP is pulled from another
function block, it receives its value from an upstream primary
and it is an initializable input.
If Mode is CAScade and the SP is not connected to another
function block, the value of the SP is frozen at the last
acquired value.
If Mode is AUTOmatic, the SP value may be stored by the
operator or a user program.
SP is an initializable input; PV and FF are non-initializable.

Input Ranges PVEUHI and PVEULO define full range of PV in engineering units.
and Limits They also define the engineering unit range of SP, since PV and
SP are assumed to have the same range.
PVEUHI represents 100% of full scale value.
PVEULO represents 0% of full scale value.
SPHILM and SPLOLM define set point operating limits in
engineering units.
Prevents operator from storing SP value outside limits; if
primary or user program attempts to store value outside
180 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110
Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

limits, block clamps it to appropriate limit and sets primary's


windup status.

Outputs Block has following initializable outputs:


OP = Calculated output in percent.

OPEU = Calculated output in engineering units.

Note that the default OP connection pin is exposed on the blocks and
the implicit/hidden connection function automatically makes the
appropriate value/status parameter (OPX/OPEUX) connection when
required.

Output Ranges CVEUHI and CVEULO define full range of CV in engineering units. If
and Limits this block has a secondary, it brings the secondary's input range
through the BACKCALC and sets its CV range to that. If it has no
secondary, you must specify CVEUHI and CVEULO range.
OPHILM and OPLOLM define normal high and low limits for OP as
a percent of CV range (user-specified values).
OP clamps to limits if calculated CV exceeds them, or
another block or user program attempts to store OP value
exceeding them; operator may store OP value outside these
limits.
OPEXHILM and OPEXLOLM define extended high and low limits
for OP as percent of CV range (user-entered values).
Prevents operator from storing OP value that exceeds these
limits.

Equation Equation A - Proportional, Integral, and Derivative on error.


Options
Equation B -- Proportional and Integral on error and Derivative on
changes in PV.
Equation C -- Integral on error and Proportional and Derivative on
changes in PV.
Equation D -- Integral only.

Equation E -- Proportional only; this equation supports the


following two options that affect CV:
Output bias processing which adds fixed and floating bias to
unbiased CV.
Reverse-control action causes the sign of the unbiased CV to
be reversed.

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 181


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

Gain Options If equation A, B, or C is selected, any of the following gain options


may be chosen:
Linear Gain -- provides proportional control action that is equal to a
constant (K) times the error.
Gap Gain -- used to reduce sensitivity of control system when PV
is in user-specified band (gap) around set point.
Nonlinear Gain -- control action is proportional to square of error,
rather than error itself.
External Gain -- gain (K) is modified by input value that can appear
from the process, another block or user program.

Direct or Reverse Direct action -- increase in error increases output (OP).


Control
Reverse action -- increase in error decreases output (OP).

Parameters ADVDEVALM.DB NLFORM


ADVDEVALM.DBU NLGAIN
ADVDEVALM.FL NORMMODE
ADVDEVALM.PR NORMMODEATTR
ADVDEVALM.SV NUMINSERT
ADVDEVALM.TM NUMPRI
ADVDEVALM.TP NUMSEC
ADVDEVOPT OP
ADVSP OPBIAS
ADVSPP OPBIAS.FIX
ALMDB OPBIAS.FLOAT
ALMDBU OPBIAS.RATE
ALMTM OPEU
ARWNET[1..8] OPEXHIFL
ARWOP OPEXHILM
ASTEPID OPEXLOFL
BADCTLALM.FL OPEXLOLM
BADCTLALM.PR OPHIALM.DB
BADCTLALM.SV OPHIALM.DBU
BADCTLFL OPHIALM.FL
BADCTLOPTBADOCOPTBADOC OPHIALM.PR
OPTENB OPHIALM.SV
BFF OPHIALM.TM
CASREQFL OPHIALM.TP
COMPUTEARW OPHIFL
CTLACTN OPHILM
CTLEQN OPLOALM.DB
CTLINIT OPLOALM.DBU
CTLSTATE OPLOALM.FL
CV OPLOALM.PR

182 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

CVEUHI OPLOALM.SV
CVEULO OPLOALM.TM
CVTYPE OPLOALM.TP
DELCV OPLOFL
DESC OPLOLM
DEV OPMINCHG
DEVHIALM.DB OPREQ
DEVHIALM.DBU OPROCLM
DEVHIALM.FL OPROCNEGFL
DEVHIALM.PR OPROCPOSFL
DEVHIALM.SV OPTYPE
DEVHIALM.TM ORDERINCM
DEVHIALM.TP OUTIND
DEVLOALM.DB OUTTYPE
DEVLOALM.DBU PRIM.[1..8].INITIALIZABLE
DEVLOALM.FL PRIMDATA.[1..8].HISELECT
DEVLOALM.PR PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBSTS
DEVLOALM.SV PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBVAL
DEVLOALM.TM PRIMDATA.[1..8].OROFFSET
DEVLOALM.TP PRIMDATA.[1..8].PROPOVRDP
ESWENB USHSP
ESWFL.AUTO PV
ESWFL.BCAS PVEUHI
ESWFL.CAS PVEULO
ESWFL.MAN PVFORMAT
ESWPERM PVMANOPT
EUDESC PVP
FBORSTS PVSTS
FF PVSTSFL.BAD
FFOPT PVSTSFL.MAN
FFSTS PVSTSFL.NORM
GAINHILM PVSTSFL.UNCER
GAINLOLM PVTRAKOPT
GAINOPT PVTRAKOPTAI
GAPHILM REDTAG
GAPLOLM RESTARTOPT
HIALM.PR SAFEOP
HIALM.SV SECDATAIN.ARWSTS
HIALM.TYPE SECDATAIN.EUHI
HOLDOPT SECDATAIN.EULO
HOLDRATE SECDATAIN.HISELECT
HOLDVAL SECDATAIN.INITSTS
INALM SECDATAIN.INITVAL
INITMAN SECDATAIN.LOCALMAN
INITREQ[1..8] SECDATAIN.ORFBSTS
INITVAL[1..8] SECDATAIN.ORFBVAL
INSBLOCK[1..10] SECDATAIN.OROFFSET

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 183


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

INSFAILALM.FL SECDATAIN.PROPOVRD
INSFAILALM.PR SECINITOPT[1..8]
INSFAILALM.SV SIALM.FL
INSFAILFL SIALM.OPT
K SIALM.PR
KFF SIALM.SV
KLIN SIFL
KMODIFEXT SIOPT
KMODIFGAP SP
KMODIFNL SPEUHI
LASTGOODPV SPEULO
LASTMODEREQ SPFORMAT
LASTOPREQ SPHIFL
LASTOPTYPE SPHILM
LASTRATEREQ SPLOFL
LASTREQFL SPLOLM
LASTSPREQ SPP
LASTSPTVREQ SPRATEREQ
LASTSTEP SPREQ
LEGACYGAP SPTV
MODE SPTVDEVFL
MODEAPPL[1..4] SPTVDEVMAX
MODEATTR SPTVNORMRATE
MODEATTRFL.NORM SPTVOPT
MODEATTRFL.OPER SPTVP
MODEATTRFL.PROG SPTVRATE
MODECHANGE SPTVREQ
MODEFL.AUTO SPTVSTATE
MODEFL.BCAS SPTVTIME
MODEFL.CAS STARTOPT
MODEFL.MAN STARTRATE
MODEFL.NORM STARTVAL
MODEPERM STOPOPT
MODEREQ STOPRATE
MODETRACK STOPVAL
NAME T1
T1HILM
T1LOLM
T2
T2HILM
T2LOLM
TMOUTFL
TMOUTMODE
TMOUTTIMEUNCMDCHGALM.
FLUNCMDCHGALM.OPTUNCM
DCHGALM.PRUNCMDCHGALM
.SV

184 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the PIDFF (PID Feedforward) Block.

POSPROP (Position Proportional) block


Description Used to pulse two digital output devices (one for raise pulses and
another for lower pulses) to drive a Process Variable (PV) towards its
Set Point (SP). The only valid output destinations are Digital Output
Channel blocks or the Pulse Count and Pulse Length blocks.

Function Typically used to step a valve open or closed, raise or lower a


rotary device, or move the plates of a pulp mill refiner together or
apart.
Compares the error signal (PV - SP) with an error deadband for the
raise and lower directions at an interval based on the configurable
cycle time parameter (CYCLETIME). You can also configure the
raise and lower deadband values that are denoted as the
parameters ERRORDBR and ERRORDBL, respectively.
Generates a raise pulse, when the PV is less than the SP minus
the raise error deadband (ERRORDBR); or a lower pulse, when
the PV is greater than the SP and the lower error deadband
(ERRORDBL) to reduce the error.
The pulse duration determines the magnitude of a pulse - the
longer the duration, the bigger the pulse. The POSPROP block
does not issue a raise or lower pulse that is longer than the
configured cycle time (CYCLETIME) or the respective maximum
pulse time parameter MAXPULSER or MAXPULSEL, whichever is
smaller. The block uses the following values in its pulse duration
calculation.
Error signal (PV - SP)
Raise or lower gain setting (KR or KL)
Raise or lower pulse stroke rate (RAISERATE or
LOWERRATE)
Additional raise or lower pulse time (RAISEDEADTM or
LOWERDEADTM) based on stiction compensation
(STICTIONR or STICTIONL), when a motor starts up; or
backlash compensation (BACKLASHR or BACKLASHL),
when a motor changes direction.

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 185


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

Minimum raise or lower pulse time (MINPULSER or


MINPULSEL)

Timeout In cascade mode, performs timeout monitoring on SP. If a good SP


Monitoring value is not received within a predefined time, this block invokes the
following timeout processing.
Sets the input timeout flag (TMOUTFL).

Holds the SP value at its last good value.

Changes the mode to a user-specified TMOUTMODE.

Requests the input's primary to initialize.

If SP times out and the block sheds to Auto mode, block sets its
Cascade Request flag (CASREQFL).

Time-out monitoring is enabled by setting TMOUTTIME to a non-zero


value, and disabled by setting it to zero.

Inputs The required number of inputs is determined by the mode of the


POSPROP block.
If Mode is CAScade, two inputs are required - PV and SP.

If Mode is AUTOmatic or MANual, only PV is required.

SP is an initializable input; PV is non-initializable.


PV must be pulled from another block; you cannot store in it -
typically it is connected to the output of an auxiliary or data
acquisition (DATAACQ) block.
If Mode is CAScade, SP is pulled from another block; if Mode
is AUTOmatic, it may be stored by the operator.
The POSPROP block may have one primary or none,
depending on whether SP is configured or not; there is one
primary per initializable input.

The optional raise and lower flag inputs (RAISELMFL and


LOWERLMFL) may be set externally to inhibit raise and lower pulses,
respectively. These optional inputs can be pulled from other function
blocks.

Input Ranges PVEUHI and PVEULO define full range of PV in engineering units.
and Limits They also define the engineering unit range of SP, since PV and
SP are assumed to have the same range.
PVEUHI represents 100% of full scale value.

186 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

PVEULO represents 0% of full scale value.


SPHILM and SPLOLM define set point operating limits in
engineering units.

Prevents operator from storing SP value outside limits; if primary or


user program attempts to store value outside limits, block clamps it to
appropriate limit and sets primary's windup status.

Outputs The POSPROP block has the following initializable outputs:


RAISETIME = Raise pulse duration.

LOWERTIME = Lower pulse duration.

PULSETIME = Pulse duration.

Output Ranges The POSPROP block uses the maximum and minimum pulse
and Limits parameters to define pulse duration ranges and limits.
MAXPULSER and MAXPULSEL define the maximum pulse time in
the Raise and Lower directions, respectively. The POSPROP block
does not issue a Raise/Lower pulse with a duration that exceeds
these values. If the output and CYCLETIME are greater than
MAXPULSER/MAXPULSEL, the output is clamped to
MAXPULSER/MAXPULSEL.
MINPULSER and MINPULSEL define the minimum pulse time in
the Raise and Lower directions, respectively. The POSPROP block
does not issue a Raise/Lower pulse with a duration that is less
than these values. If the output is less than
MINPULSER/MINPULSEL, the output retains its old value.

(Note that the POSPROP block does not use these common
regulatory control block range and limit parameters: CVEUHI,
CVEULO, OPHILM, OPLOLM, OPEXHILM, and OPEXLOLM.)

Equation The POSPROP block generates Raise and Lower pulses at a rate
Options specified by the configurable cycle time (CYCLETIME) parameter. It
calculates the pulse duration at the beginning of each cycle
depending on whether:
The PVP is greater than (SPP - ERRORDBR) and the Raise limit
flag (RAISELMFL) is OFF, then issue a Raise pulse.
The PVP is less than (SPP + ERRORDBL) and the Lower limit flag
(LOWERLMFL) is OFF, then issue a Lower pulse.

The PULSETIME output is set to either the RAISETIME or -


LOWERTIME, when either RAISETIME or LOWERTIME is non-zero.

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 187


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

Control The POSPROP block accepts initialization information from its three
Initialization initializable outputs: RAISETIME, LOWERTIME, and PULSETIME. If
any output requests initialization, the POSPROP block sets its
INITMAN parameter to ON. When no output requests initialization,
the POSPROP block sets its INITMAN parameter to OFF. When
cycling resumes after initialization, the Raise and Lower outputs are
set to OFF (or their normal states) and the cycle time is restarted.

Override The POSPROP block does not propagate override feedback data. It
Feedback ignores any override feedback requests.
Processing

Parameters ADVDEVALM.DB MINPULSER


ADVDEVALM.DBU MODE
ADVDEVALM.FL MODEAPPL[1..4]
ADVDEVALM.PR MODEATTR
ADVDEVALM.SV MODEATTRFL.NORM
ADVDEVALM.TM MODEATTRFL.OPER
ADVDEVALM.TP MODEATTRFL.PROG
ADVDEVOPT MODECHANGE
ADVSP MODEFL.AUTO
ADVSPP MODEFL.BCAS
ALMDB MODEFL.CAS
ALMDBU MODEFL.MAN
ALMTM MODEFL.NORM
ARWNET[1..8] MODEPERM
ARWOP MODEREQ
ASTEPID MODETRACK
BACKLASHL NAME
BACKLASHR NORMMODE
BADCTLALM.FL NORMMODEATTR
BADCTLALM.PR NUMINSERT
BADCTLALM.SV NUMPRI
BADCTLFL NUMSEC
BADCTLOPT OPREQ
CASREQFL OPTYPE
COMPUTEARW ORDERINCM
CTLINIT OUTTYPE
CVTYPE PRIM.[1..8].INITIALIZABLE
CYCLETIME PRIMDATA.[1..8].HISELECT
DESC PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBSTS
DEV PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBVAL
DEVHIALM.DB PRIMDATA.[1..8].OROFFSET
DEVHIALM.DBU PRIMDATA.[1..8].PROPOVRD
DEVHIALM.FL PULSECMD
DEVHIALM.PR PULSECMDTEXT[0..2]

188 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

DEVHIALM.SV PULSETIME
DEVHIALM.TM PV
DEVHIALM.TP PVEUHI
DEVLOALM.DB PVEULO
DEVLOALM.DBU PVFORMAT
DEVLOALM.FL PVMANOPT
DEVLOALM.PR PVP
DEVLOALM.SV PVSTS
DEVLOALM.TM PVSTSFL.BAD
DEVLOALM.TP PVSTSFL.MAN
ERRORDBL PVSTSFL.NORM
ERRORDBR PVSTSFL.UNCER
ESWENB RAISEDEADTM
ESWFL.AUTO RAISEDESC
ESWFL.BCAS RAISELMFL
ESWFL.CAS RAISERATE
ESWFL.MAN RAISETIME
ESWPERM REDTAG
EUDESC RESTARTOPT
EXTRAPULSE SAFEOPCMD
EXTRAPULSETM SECDATAIN.ARWSTS
FBORSTS SECDATAIN.EUHI
HIALM.PR SECDATAIN.EULO
HIALM.SV SECDATAIN.HISELECT
HIALM.TYPE SECDATAIN.INITSTS
HOLDOPT SECDATAIN.INITVAL
HOLDRATE SECDATAIN.LOCALMAN
HOLDVAL SECDATAIN.ORFBSTS
INALM SECDATAIN.ORFBVAL
INITMAN SECDATAIN.OROFFSET
INITREQ[1..8] SECDATAIN.PROPOVRD
INITVAL[1..8] SECINITOPT[1..8]
INSBLOCK[1..10] SIALM.FL
INSFAILALM.FL SIALM.OPT
INSFAILALM.PR SIALM.PR
INSFAILALM.SV SIALM.SV
INSFAILFL SIFL
KL SIOPT
KR SP
LASTGOODPV SPEUHI
LASTMODEREQ SPEULO
LASTOPREQ SPFORMAT
LASTOPTYPE SPHIFL
LASTRATEREQ SPHILM
LASTREQFL SPLOFL
LASTSPREQ SPLOLM
LASTSPTVREQ SPP

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 189


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

LASTSTEP SPRATEREQ
LOWERDEADTM SPREQ
LOWERDESC SPTV
LOWERLMFL SPTVDEVFL
LOWERRATE SPTVDEVMAX
LOWERTIME SPTVNORMRATE
MANPULSECMD SPTVOPT
MANPULSETIME SPTVP
MAXPULSEL SPTVRATE
MAXPULSER SPTVREQ
MINPULSEL SPTVSTATE
SPTVTIME
STARTOPT
STARTRATE
STARTVAL
STICTIONL
STICTIONR
STOPOPT
STOPRATE
STOPVAL
TMOUTFL
TMOUTMODE
TMOUTTIME

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the POSPROP (Position Proportional) Block.

PULSECOUNT block
Description The PULSECOUNT block generates pulses according to its pulse
count control algorithm. The pulsed outputs are usually fed to Digital
Output Channel blocks.

Dual Pulse Train: A control algorithm turns on either a "raise" channel


or a "lower" channel after every execution of this algorithm. The
output is modulated with a 50% duty-cycle pulse train. The on-
duration (or pulse length) is configured for the channel and is indicted
with a tuning parameter. The calculated on-duration will be in 10
msec increments.

Single Pulse Train: A single output channel is used to indicate the


direction (raise or lower) of the actuator. A second output channel is
used to deliver 50% duty cycle pulse train. The on-duration (or pulse
length) is configured for the channel and is indicted with a tuning

190 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

parameter. The calculated on-duration will be in 10 msec increments.

Function Typically used in conjunction with a POSPROP block to step a


valve open or closed, raise or lower a rotary device, or move the
plates of a pulp mill refiner together or apart.
The POSPROP block feeds the PULSETIME input parameter to
the PULSECOUNT block. This parameter is an internal structure
that contains the pulse width specification (in seconds). It also
contains a Serial Number that changes every time there is a new
pulse width value. The PULSECOUNT block checks for a change
in the Serial Number before reacting to the pulse width
specification.

Inputs Requires a pulse time (PULSETIME) input from another block. A


POSPROP block usually supplies this.
The POPERIOD input is user configurable in seconds.

The PDELAYDIRCHG input is user configurable in seconds.

The optional LOCALMAN input should appear from another block


in a logic strategy where an ON condition means that the CEE is
not controlling the output of the device.

Outputs The PULSECOUNT block has the following initializable outputs:


PORAISE = Pulse output for Raise pulses. These pulses are
generated if the pulse width specified by the PULSETIME input is
positive.
POLOWER = Pulse output for Lower pulses. These pulses are
generated if the pulse width specified by the PULSETIME input is
negative.
PO = Pulse output for both Raise and Lower pulses. These pulses
are generated as a logical OR between the PORAISE and
POLOWER pulses.
PODIR = Direction for PO. This output is OFF for a Lower pulse
and is ON for a Raise pulse.

Parameters COMPUTEARW PODIR


CVTYPE POLOWER
INITMAN POPERIOD
INITREQ PORAISE
INSBLOCK[1..10] PRIM.[1..8].INITIALIZABLE
INSFAILALM.FL PRIMDATA.[1..8].HISELECT
INSFAILALM.PR PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBSTS
INSFAILALM.SV PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBVAL

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 191


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

INSFAILFL PRIMDATA.[1..8].OROFFSET
LOCALMAN PRIMDATA.[1..8].PROPOVRD
MODECHANGE PULSETIME
NAME SECDATAIN.HISELECT
NUMINSERT SECDATAIN.ORFBSTS
ORDERINCM SECDATAIN.ORFBVAL
OUTTYPE SECDATAIN.OROFFSET
PDELAYDIRCHG
PO

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the PULSECOUNT Block.

PULSELENGTH block
Description Generates pulse trains according to its pulse length control
algorithm. The pulsed outputs are usually fed to Digital Output
Channel blocks.

Dual Pulse Length: A control algorithm turns on either a "raise"


channel or a "lower" channel after every execution of this algorithm.
The selected output stays on for a time period that is calculated by
the control algorithm. The calculated on-duration is in 10 msec
increments.

Single Pulse Length: A single output channel is used to indicate the


direction (raise or lower) of the actuator. A second output channel is
used to indicate the calculated on-duration (or length) of the pulse.
The calculated on-duration is in 10 msec increments.

Function Typically used in conjunction with a POSPROP block to step a


valve open or closed, raise or lower a rotary device, or move the
plates of a pulp mill refiner together or apart.
The POSPROP block feeds the PULSETIME input parameter to
the PULSELENGTH block. This parameter is an internal structure
that contains the pulse width specification (in seconds). It also
contains a Serial Number that changes every time there is a new
pulse width value. The PULSELENGTH block checks for a
change in the Serial Number before reacting to the pulse width
specification.

Inputs Requires a pulse time (PULSETIME) input from another block. A


POSPROP block usually supplies this.

192 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

The PDELAYDIRCHG input is user configurable in seconds.

The optional LOCALMAN input should come from another block


in a logic strategy where an ON condition means that the CEE is
not controlling the output of the device.

Outputs The PULSELENGTH block has the following initializable outputs:


PORAISE = Pulse output for Raise pulses. These pulses are
generated if the pulse width specified by the PULSETIME input is
positive.
POLOWER = Pulse output for Lower pulses. These pulses are
generated if the pulse width specified by the PULSETIME input is
negative.
PO = Pulse output for both Raise and Lower pulses. These
pulses are generated as a logical OR between the PORAISE and
POLOWER pulses.
PODIR = Direction for PO. This output is OFF for a Lower pulse
and is ON for a Raise pulse.

Parameters COMPUTEARW PO
CTLSTATE PODIR
CVTYPE POLOWER
INITMAN PORAISE
INITREQ PRIM.[1..8].INITIALIZABLE
INSBLOCK[1..10] PRIMDATA.[1..8].HISELECT
INSFAILALM.FL PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBSTS
INSFAILALM.PR PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBVAL
INSFAILALM.SV PRIMDATA.[1..8].OROFFSET
INSFAILFL PRIMDATA.[1..8].PROPOVRD
LOCALMAN PULSETIME
MODECHANGE SECDATAIN.HISELECT
NAME SECDATAIN.ORFBSTS
NUMINSERT SECDATAIN.ORFBVAL
ORDERINCM SECDATAIN.OROFFSET
OUTTYPE
PDELAYDIRCHG

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the PULSELENGTH Block.

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 193


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

RAMPSOAK block
Description Provides an output that tracks a user configured set point versus time
profile. The block supports up to 99 separate profiles with up to 50
user configured ramp and soak segment pairs per profile, for a total of
60 segments (where each segment is one ramp or one soak).

Each ramp/soak pair is defined by a soak value (that is, the target
value for the ramp segment), a ramp rate and a soak time. This lets
you implement a set point program control function by driving the set
point of another regulatory control function block.

Function This function is also known as a "set point programmer" because the
output follows a sequence of user-programmed functions, and is
typically used as the set point of a PID.

Typically used for automatic temperature cycling in furnaces and


ovens. It can also be used for automatic startup of units and for
simple batch-sequence control where the batch sequence is part of a
process that is otherwise a continuous process. This block monitors
an input value (typically the PV of the PID), and guarantees that its
output does not deviate from the input by more than some user-
specified limits.

This function block may be configured to execute a profile once and


stop; repeat continuously the same profile; or execute the next profile
in order after completion of the current profile.

Inputs Only requires a PV input for the guaranteed ramp option.

Input Ranges PVEUHI and PVEULO define full range of PV in engineering units.
and Limits The default range is 0 to 100.
PVEUHI represents 100% of full scale value.

PVEULO represents 0% of full scale value.

Outputs Block has following initializable outputs:


OP = Calculated output in percent.

OPEU = Calculated output in engineering units.

Note that the default OP connection pin is exposed on the blocks and
the implicit/hidden connection function automatically makes the
appropriate value/status parameter (OPX/OPEUX) connection when
required.

Output Ranges CVEUHI and CVEULO define full range of CV in engineering units. If
this block has a secondary, it brings the secondary's input range
194 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110
Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

and Limits through the BACKCALC and sets its CV range to that. If it has no
secondary, you must specify CVEUHI and CVEULO range.
OPHILM and OPLOLM define normal high and low limits for OP as
a percent of CV range (user-specified values).
OP clamps to limits if calculated CV exceeds them, or
another block or user program attempts to store OP value
exceeding them; operator may store OP value outside these
limits.
OPEXHILM and OPEXLOLM define extended high and low limits
for OP as percent of CV range (user-entered values).

Prevents operator from storing OP value that exceeds these limits.

(Note that the RAMPSOAK block does not apply a floating bias to the
output.)

Guaranteed If you configure a maximum ramp deviation (MAXRAMPDEV[n])


Ramp Rate value for a given profile, the RAMPSOAK block makes sure that the
calculated output (CV) value does not deviate from the input (PV) by
more than the configured deviation value.

Guaranteed Soak If you configure the maximum high soak deviation


Time (MAXHISOAKDEV[n]) and/or the maximum low soak deviation
(MAXLOSOAKDEV[n]) value, the RAMPSOAK block makes sure the
calculated output (CV) value is at the proper value before it starts the
soak timer.

Event Timers You can configure up to 16 event flags (EVENTFL[n,e]) to provide


Boolean outputs for a specified time during a given ramp or soak
segment in a given profile. This means you can have up to 16 events
per profile or a total of 160 events in 10 profiles.

Parameters ACTRAMPRATE[1..NUMPROFIL NAME


ES][1..NUMRAMPSOAK] NETELAPSEDTM
ACTSOAKTIME[1..NUMPROFILE NORMMODE
S][1..NUMRAMPSOAK] NORMMODEATTR
ACTSOAKVAL[1..NUMPROFILES NUMEVENTS[1..NUMPROFILE
][1..NUMRAMPSOAK] S]
ACTSTARTOP[1..NUMPROFILES NUMINSERT
] NUMPRI
ACTSTARTSEG[1..NUMPROFILE NUMPROFILES
S] NUMRAMPSOAK[1..NUMPROFI
ALMDB LES]
ALMDBU NUMSEC
ALMTM OP
ARWNET[1..8] OPBIAS

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 195


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

ARWOP OPBIAS.FIX
ASTEPIDBADOCOPTBADOCOP OPBIAS.FLOAT
TENB OPBIAS.RATE
CASREQFL OPEU
COMPUTEARW OPEXHIFL
CTLINIT OPEXHILM
CTLSTATE OPEXLOFL
CURPROFILEID OPEXLOLM
CURSEGID OPHIALM.DB
CURSEGTYP OPHIALM.DBU
CV OPHIALM.FL
CVEUHI OPHIALM.PR
CVEULO OPHIALM.SV
CVTYPE OPHIALM.TM
CYCLEOPT[1..NUMPROFILES] OPHIALM.TP
DESC OPHIFL
DEVHIALM.DB OPHILM
DEVHIALM.DBU OPLOALM.DB
DEVHIALM.FL OPLOALM.DBU
DEVHIALM.PR OPLOALM.FL
DEVHIALM.SV OPLOALM.PR
DEVHIALM.TM OPLOALM.SV
DEVHIALM.TP OPLOALM.TM
DEVLOALM.DB OPLOALM.TP
DEVLOALM.DBU OPLOFL
DEVLOALM.FL OPLOLM
DEVLOALM.PR OPMINCHG
DEVLOALM.SV OPREQ
DEVLOALM.TM OPROCLM
DEVLOALM.TP OPROCNEGFL
ESWENB OPROCPOSFL
ESWFL.AUTO OPTYPE
ESWFL.BCAS ORDERINCM
ESWFL.CAS OUTIND
ESWFL.MAN OUTTYPE
ESWPERM PRIM.[1..8].INITIALIZABLE
EUDESC PRIMDATA.[1..8].HISELECT
EVENTBGNTIME[1..NUMPROFIL PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBSTS
ES][1..NUMEVENTS] PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBVAL
EVENTENDTIME[1..NUMPROFIL PRIMDATA.[1..8].OROFFSET
ES][1..NUMEVENTS] PRIMDATA.[1..8].PROPOVRDP
EVENTFL[1..NUMEVENTS] ROFILEDESC[1..NUMPROFILE
EVENTSEGID[1..NUMPROFILES] S
[1..NUMEVENTS] PROFRESET
FBORSTS PV
HIALM.PR PVEUHI
HIALM.SV PVEULO

196 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

HIALM.TYPE PVSTS
HOLDCMD RAMPRATE[1..NUMPROFILES][
HOLDOPT 1..NUMRAMPSOAK]
HOLDRATE REDTAG
HOLDVAL REMSOAKTIME
INALM RESETTIMR
INITMAN RESTARTOPT
INITREQ[1..8] SAFEOP
INITVAL[1..8] SECDATAIN.ARWSTS
INSBLOCK[1..10] SECDATAIN.EUHI
INSFAILALM.FL SECDATAIN.EULO
INSFAILALM.PR SECDATAIN.HISELECT
INSFAILALM.SV SECDATAIN.INITSTS
INSFAILFL SECDATAIN.INITVAL
LASTMODEREQ SECDATAIN.LOCALMAN
LASTOPREQ SECDATAIN.ORFBSTS
LASTOPTYPE SECDATAIN.ORFBVAL
LASTREQFL SECDATAIN.OROFFSET
LASTSTEP SECDATAIN.PROPOVRD
MAXHISOAKDEV[1..NUMPROFIL SECINITOPT[1..8]
ES] SIALM.FL
MAXLOSOAKDEV[1..NUMPROFI SIALM.OPT
LES] SIALM.PR
MAXRAMPDEV[1..NUMPROFILE SIALM.SV
S] SIFL
MAXSOAKVAL[1..NUMPROFILE SIOPT
S] SOAKTIME[1..NUMPROFILES][
MINSOAKVAL[1..NUMPROFILES 1..NUMRAMPSOAK]
] SOAKVAL[1..NUMPROFILES][1.
MODE .NUMRAMPSOAK]
MODEAPPL[1..4] STARTOP[1..NUMPROFILES]
MODEATTR STARTOPT
MODEATTRFL.NORM STARTRATE
MODEATTRFL.OPER STARTSEG[1..NUMPROFILES]
MODEATTRFL.PROG STARTVAL
MODECHANGE STOPOPT
MODEFL.AUTO STOPRATE
MODEFL.BCAS STOPVAL
MODEFL.CAS TMOUTFL
MODEFL.MAN TMOUTMODE
MODEFL.NORM TMOUTTIME
MODEPERM TOTALTIME[1..50]
MODEREQ TOTELAPSEDTMUNCMDCHGA
MODETRACK LM.FLUNCMDCHGALM.OPTUN
CMDCHGALM.PRUNCMDCHGA
LM.SV

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 197


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the RAMPSOAK Block.

RATIOBIAS block
Description Accepts a ratio value input (RT) and an input value (X1) to provide a
calculated output based on the ratio of the input variables and a
fixed and/or a floating bias. The input value must appear from
another function block. In the Cascade mode, the ratio input value
must appear from another function block; but, in the Automatic
(Auto) Mode, an operator or user program can set the ratio value.

Function Lets you implement a form of ratio control by using this block
between two PID blocks. In this case, the output from one PID block
is used as the X1 input to the RATIOBIAS block and the output from
the RATIOBIAS block is used as the SP input to the second PID
block.

Timeout In cascade mode, this block performs timeout monitoring on both


Monitoring inputs (X1 and RT). If either input value is not updated within a
predefined time, this block invokes the following timeout processing.
If RT times out, block

Sets the input timeout flag (TMOUTFL).


Holds RT at its last good value.
Sheds to the configured timeout mode (TMOUTMODE).
Requests the RT primary to initialize.
If X1 times out, block

Sets the X1 value to NaN. This causes CV to go to NaN,


which results in the initialization of the RT and X1 primaries.

If RT times out and the block sheds to Auto mode, block sets the
Cascade Request flag (CASREQFL). When CASREQFL is set, then
the block waits to return to the cascade mode, and it does this as
soon as it gets a good X1 value. This is true only, if the original
mode was Cascade and the TMOUTMODE is Auto. If you change
the mode, this clears the CASREQFL and disables the return to
cascade operation.

Time-out monitoring is enabled by setting TMOUTTIME to a non-

198 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

zero value, and disabled by setting it to zero.

Control Block brings initialization requests from its secondary through


Initialization BACKCALC. In addition, the secondary may propagate one-shot
initialization requests to this block. However, you can disable the
SECINITOPT so the block ignores initialization requests from the
secondary.

If the secondary is requesting initialization, block:


Initializes its output:

CV = initialization value from the secondary,


Calculates an initialization value for the X1 and RT primaries.

INITVAL[1] = CV - OPBIAS.FIX / RT
INITVAL[2] = CV - OPBIAS.FIX / INITVAL[1]
Requests both primaries to initialize:

INITREQ[1] = ON
INITREQ[2] = ON

Override If this block is in a cascade strategy with a downstream Override


Feedback Selector (OVRDSEL) block, it receives override feedback data. The
Processing data consists of an override status, override feedback value and an
override offset flag. The status indicates if this block is in the
selected or unselected strategy. The offset flag only applies to PID
type function blocks. However, you can disable the SECINITOPT so
the block ignores override requests from the secondary.

When override status changes from selected to unselected, this


block:
Computes a feedback value for X1 and RT primaries:

feedback value for X1 = ORFBVAL - OPBIAS.FIX -


OPBIAS.FLOAT / RT
feedback value for RT = ORFBVAL - OPBIAS.FIX -
OPBIAS.FLOAT / X1 override feedback value

Inputs Required number of inputs is determined by this block's mode:


If Mode = Cascade, 2 inputs are required - X1 and RT. Both must
appear from other function blocks.
If Mode = Auto or Man, only X1 is required. X1 must appear from
another function block; an operator cannot set it.

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 199


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

Both X1 and RT are initializable inputs. So, this block may have
one or two primaries, depending upon whether RT input is used
or not.
If mode = Auto, an operator or user program can set the RT
value.

Input Ranges XEUHI and XEULO define the full range of X1 inputs in
engineering units. This block applies no range checking, since it
assumes that X1 is within XEUHI and XEULO.
XEUHI represents 100% of full scale value.
XEULO represents 0% of full scale value.
RTHILM and RTLOLM define the ratio limits for RT inputs in
engineering units. An operator is prevented from setting an RT
value that is outside these limits. If the RT value from a function
block or user program is outside these limits, this block clamps
the value to the appropriate limit and sets RT primary windup
status.
RTHILM represents high ratio limit value.
RTLOLM represents low ratio limit value.

Outputs Block has following initializable outputs:


OP = Calculated output in percent.

OPEU = Calculated output in engineering units

Note that the default OP connection pin is exposed on the blocks


and the implicit/hidden connection function automatically makes the
appropriate value/status parameter (OPX/OPEUX) connection when
required.

Output Ranges CVEUHI and CVEULO define the full range of CV in engineering
units.
If this block has a secondary, it uses the secondary's input range
through BACKCALC to set its CV range. If it does not have a
secondary, its CV range tracks its own input range (XEUHI and
XEULO).
OPHILM and OPLOLM define normal high and low limits for OP
as a percent of the CV range (user-specified values).
OP clamps to these limits if algorithm's calculated result
(CV) exceeds them or another block or user program
attempts to store OP value exceeding them.

200 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

Operator may store OP value outside these limits.


OPEXHILM and OPEXLOLM define the extended high and low
limits for OP as a percent of the CV range (user-specified values).
Operator is prevented from storing an OP value that
exceeds these limits.

Parameters ALMDB OP
ALMDBU OPBIASOPBIAS.FIX
ALMTM OPBIAS.FLOAT
ARWNET[1..8] OPBIAS.RATE
ARWOP OPEU
ASTEPID OPEXHIFL
BADCTLALM.FL OPEXHILM
BADCTLALM.PR OPEXLOFL
BADCTLALM.SV OPEXLOLM
BADCTLFL OPHIALM.DB
BADCTLOPTBADOCOPTBADO OPHIALM.DBU
COPTENB OPHIALM.FL
BSHILM OPHIALM.PR
BSLOLM OPHIALM.SV
CASREQFL OPHIALM.TM
COMPUTEARW OPHIALM.TP
CTLINIT OPHIFL
CTLSTATE OPHILM
CV OPLOALM.DB
CVEUHI OPLOALM.DBU
CVEULO OPLOALM.FL
CVTYPE OPLOALM.PR
DESC OPLOALM.SV
ESWENB OPLOALM.TM
ESWFL.AUTO OPLOALM.TP
ESWFL.BCAS OPLOFL
ESWFL.CAS OPLOLM
ESWFL.MAN OPMINCHG
ESWPERM OPREQ
EUDESC OPROCLM
FBORSTS OPROCNEGFL
HIALM.PR OPROCPOSFL
HIALM.SV OPTYPE
HIALM.TYPE ORDERINCM
HOLDOPT OUTIND
HOLDRATE OUTTYPE
HOLDVAL PRIM.[1..8].INITIALIZABLE
INALM PRIMDATA.[1..8].HISELECT
INITMAN PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBSTS

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 201


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

INITREQ[1..8] PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBVAL
INITVAL[1..8] PRIMDATA.[1..8].OROFFSET
INSBLOCK[1..10] PRIMDATA.[1..8].PROPOVRD
INSFAILALM.FL RBOPTION
INSFAILALM.PR REDTAG
INSFAILALM.SV RESTARTOPT
INSFAILFL RT
LASTMODEREQ RTHIFL
LASTOPREQ RTHILM
LASTOPTYPE RTLOFL
LASTREQFL RTLOLM
LASTSTEP SAFEOP
MODE SECDATAIN.ARWSTS
MODEAPPL[1..4] SECDATAIN.EUHI
MODEATTR SECDATAIN.EULO
MODEATTRFL.NORM SECDATAIN.HISELECT
MODEATTRFL.OPER SECDATAIN.INITSTS
MODEATTRFL.PROG SECDATAIN.INITVAL
MODECHANGE SECDATAIN.LOCALMAN
MODEFL.AUTO SECDATAIN.ORFBSTS
MODEFL.BCAS SECDATAIN.ORFBVAL
MODEFL.CAS SECDATAIN.OROFFSET
MODEFL.MAN SECDATAIN.PROPOVRD
MODEFL.NORM SECINITOPT[1..8]
MODEPERM SIALM.FL
MODEREQ SIALM.OPT
MODETRACK SIALM.PR
NAME SIALM.SV
NORMMODE SIFL
NORMMODEATTR SIOPT
NUMINSERT STARTOPT
NUMPRI STARTRATE
NUMSEC STARTVAL
STOPOPT
STOPRATE
STOPVAL
TMOUTFL
TMOUTMODE
TMOUTTIMEUNCMDCHGALM.
FLUNCMDCHGALM.OPTUNCM
DCHGALM.PRUNCMDCHGALM
.SV
X1
XEUHI
XEULO

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of

202 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the RATIOBIAS Block.

RATIOCTL block
Description Accepts the actual value of the controlled flow (X1), the actual value
of the uncontrolled flow (X2) and the target ratio between the flows
(SP), and calculates the target value of the controlled flow (OP) and
the actual ratio between the flows (PV) as outputs.

Function Provides four user-selectable methods for calculating the ratio


between the flows (PV). The target value for the controlled flow (OP)
is calculated according to the selected method for calculating PV.

Timeout If mode is CAScade, the block performs time-out monitoring of the


Monitoring initializable input, SP. - if good SP value is not received within a
predefined time (TMOUTTIME), the block invokes timeout processing
as noted below.

If MODE is Cascade and SP times-out, the RATIOCTL block


performs the following:
Sets the "input timeout" flag (TMOUTFL)

Holds SP at its last good value

Changes the mode to a user-specified "timeout mode" (MODE =


TMOUTMODE)
Requests the SP primary to initialize (through BACKCALCOUT)

If SP times-out and the block sheds to Auto mode, it sets the


Cascade Request flag (CASREQFL). When CASREQFL is set, then
the block waits to return to the Cascade mode, and will do so as soon
as it fetches a good SP value.

Time-out monitoring is enabled by setting TMOUTTIME to a non-zero


value, and disabled by setting it to zero.

Control The RATIOCTL block brings initialization requests from its secondary
Initialization through BACKCALC. In addition, the secondary may propagate one-
shot initialization requests to this block. (Note that SECINITOPT may
be used to ignore initialization requests from the secondary.)

If the secondary is requesting initialization, the RATIOCTL block:


initializes its output:

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 203


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

CV = initialization value from the secondary

Builds an initialization request for its primary based on CTLEQN


selected.

Override If this block is in a cascade strategy with a downstream Override


Feedback Selector block, it receives override feedback data when any of the
Processing following occur.
the block's windup state changes

the block is requested to do a one-shot initialization

the block's override status changes

The data consists of an override status, override feedback value and


an override offset flag. The status indicates if this block is in the
selected or unselected strategy (as determined by the Selector
block). The offset flag only applies to PID-type function blocks.

When the override status changes from selected to unselected, this


block does the following:
Does not initialize its CV

Computes a feedback value for the SP primary depending on the


CTLEQN selected.

Inputs A RATIOCTL block requires these three inputs:

X1 - the actual value of the controlled flow.


X2 - the actual value of the uncontrolled flow.
SP - the target ratio between the controlled and uncontrolled
flows.
The SP is an initializable input. This means the block can have one
primary depending upon whether the SP input is configured or not.
There is one primary for each initializable input.
The X1and X2 inputs must appear from other function blocks. You
cannot store it in them.
If Mode is Cascade, SP is pulled from another function block. If
Mode is Automatic, it may be stored by the operator or a user
program.

Input Ranges You must specify X1 and X2 engineering unit range, XEUHI and
XEULO.
XEUHI and XEULO define the full range of the X inputs in

204 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

engineering units.
XEUHI represents 100% of full scale value.
XEULO represents 0% of full scale value.
This block assumes X inputs are within XEUHI and XEULO - it
applies no range check.
You must specify SPHILM and SPLOLM to define the set point
limits, expressed as a ratio. The operator is prevented from storing
a set point value that is outside these limits. If the primary or a user
program attempts to store a value outside the limits, this block
clamps it to the appropriate limit and sets the input windup status.

Outputs Block has the following initializable outputs:


OP = Calculated output in percent.

OPEU = Calculated output in engineering units

Note that the default OP connection pin is exposed on the blocks and
the implicit/hidden connection function automatically makes the
appropriate value/status parameter (OPX/OPEUX) connection when
required.

Output Ranges CVEUHI and CVEULO define the full range of CV in engineering
units.
If this block has a secondary, it fetches the secondary's input range
through BACKCALC and sets its CV range to that. If it has no
secondary, CVEUHI and CVEULO must be specified by the user.
OPHILM and OPLOLM define normal high and low limits for OP as
a percent of the CV range (user-specified values).
OP clamps to these limits if algorithm's calculated result (CV)
exceeds them or another block or user program attempts to
store OP value exceeding them.
Operator may store OP value outside these limits.
OPEXHILM and OPEXLOLM define the extended high and low
limits for OP as a percent of the CV range (user-specified values).
Operator is prevented from storing an OP value that exceeds
these limits.

Parameters ADVDEVALM.DB OP
ADVDEVALM.DBU OPBIASOPBIAS.FIX
ADVDEVALM.FL OPBIAS.FLOAT
ADVDEVALM.PR OPBIAS.RATE
ADVDEVALM.SV OPEU
ADVDEVALM.TM OPEXHIFL
R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 205
February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

ADVDEVALM.TP OPEXHILM
ADVDEVOPT OPEXLOFL
ADVSP OPEXLOLM
ADVSPP OPHIALM.DB
ALMDB OPHIALM.DBU
ALMDBU OPHIALM.FL
ALMTM OPHIALM.PR
ARWNET[1..8] OPHIALM.SV
ARWNETIN[1..8] OPHIALM.TM
ARWOP OPHIALM.TP
ARWOPIN OPHIFL
ASTEPID OPHILM
BADCTLALM.FL OPLOALM.DB
BADCTLALM.PR OPLOALM.DBU
BADCTLALM.SV OPLOALM.FL
BADCTLFL OPLOALM.PR
BADCTLOPTBADOCOPTBADOC OPLOALM.SV
OPTENB OPLOALM.TM
CASREQFL OPLOALM.TP
COMPUTEARW OPLOFL
CTLEQN OPLOLM
CTLINIT OPMINCHG
CTLSTATE OPREQ
CV OPROCLM
CVEUHI OPROCNEGFL
CVEULO OPROCPOSFL
CVTYPE OPTOL
DELCV OPTYPE
DESC ORDERINCM
DEV OUTIND
DEVHIALM.DB PUSHSP
DEVHIALM.DBU PV
DEVHIALM.FL PVSTS
DEVHIALM.PR REDTAG
DEVHIALM.SV RESTARTOPT
DEVHIALM.TM SAFEOP
DEVHIALM.TP SECDATAIN.ARWSTS
DEVLOALM.DB SECDATAIN.EUHI
DEVLOALM.DBU SECDATAIN.EULO
DEVLOALM.FL SECDATAIN.HISELECT
DEVLOALM.PR SECDATAIN.INITSTS
DEVLOALM.SV SECDATAIN.INITVAL
DEVLOALM.TM SECDATAIN.LOCALMAN
DEVLOALM.TP SECDATAIN.ORFBSTS
ESWENB SECDATAIN.ORFBVAL
ESWFL.AUTO SECDATAIN.OROFFSET
ESWFL.BCAS SECDATAIN.PROPOVRD

206 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

ESWFL.CAS SECINITOPT[1..8]
ESWFL.MAN SIALM.FL
ESWPERM SIALM.OPT
EUDESC SIALM.PR
FBORSTS SIALM.SV
GAINHILM SIFL
GAINLOLM SIOPT
HIALM.PR SP
HIALM.SV SPEUHI
HIALM.TYPE SPEULO
HOLDOPT SPFORMAT
HOLDRATE SPHIFL
HOLDVAL SPHILM
INALM SPLOFL
INITMAN SPLOLM
INITREQ[1..8] SPP
INITVAL[1..8] SPRATEREQ
INSBLOCK[1..10] SPREQ
INSFAILALM.FL SPTV
INSFAILALM.PR SPTVDEVFL
INSFAILALM.SV SPTVDEVMAX
INSFAILFL SPTVNORMRATE
K1 SPTVOPT
K2 SPTVP
LASTMODEREQ SPTVRATE
LASTOPREQ SPTVREQ
LASTOPTYPE SPTVSTATE
LASTRATEREQ SPTVTIME
LASTREQFL STARTOPT
LASTSPREQ STARTRATE
LASTSPTVREQ STARTVAL
LASTSTEP STOPOPT
MODE STOPRATE
MODEAPPL[1..4] STOPVAL
MODEATTR TMOUTFL
MODEATTRFL.NORM TMOUTMODE
MODEATTRFL.OPER TMOUTTIMEUNCMDCHGALM.
MODEATTRFL.PROG FLUNCMDCHGALM.OPTUNCM
MODECHANGE DCHGALM.PRUNCMDCHGALM
MODEFL.AUTO .SV
MODEFL.BCAS X1
MODEFL.CAS X1BIAS
MODEFL.MAN X1KB
MODEFL.NORM X1STS
MODEPERM X2
MODEREQ X2BIAS
MODETRACK X2KB

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 207


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

NAME X2STS
NORMMODE XEUHI
NORMMODEATTR XEULO
NUMINSERT
NUMPRI
NUMSEC

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the RATIOCTL Block.

REGCALC (Regulatory Control Calculator) block


Description Lets you write up to eight expressions for creating custom
algorithms for Calculated Variable (CV) calculations.
Provides an interface to windup, initialization and override
feedback processing, so you can add user-defined control blocks
to your control strategies.

Function Each expression can contain any valid combination of inputs,


operators and functions; and may perform arithmetic or logic
operations.
You can write expressions for calculating CV under normal,
initialization and override feedback conditions. Or, you can write
expressions which produce initialization and override feedback
values for this block and its primaries.
You can assign the result of an expression or an input to any
assignable output that produces the same outputs as every other
regulatory control block. You can assign the same input to multiple
outputs.

Timeout In cascade mode, this block performs timeout monitoring on X[1]. If


Monitoring the X[1] input value is not updated within a predefined time, this block
invokes the following timeout processing.
Sets the input timeout flag (TMOUTFL).

Sets the input value to Bad (NaN).

Requests the X1 primary to initialize.

This block does not support mode shedding on timeout.

Time-out monitoring is enabled by setting TMOUTTIME to a non-zero

208 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

value, and disabled by setting it to zero.

Control Block brings initialization requests from its secondary through


Initialization BACKCALC. In addition, the secondary may propagate one-shot
initialization requests to this block. However, you can disable the
SECINITOPT so the block ignores initialization requests from the
secondary.

If the secondary is requesting initialization, block:


Initializes its output:

CV = CVINIT (assignable output)


Builds an initialization request for the designated primaries, using
INITREQ and INITVAL (both assignable outputs).

Override If this block is in a cascade strategy with a downstream Override


Feedback Selector (OVRDSEL) block, it receives override feedback data. The
Processing data consists of an override status, override feedback value and an
override offset flag. The status indicates if this block is in the selected
or unselected strategy. The offset flag only applies to PID type
function blocks. However, you can disable the SECINITOPT so the
block ignores override requests from the secondary.

When override status changes from selected to unselected, this


block:
Initializes its output:

CV = CVORFB (assignable output)


Computes a feedback value for X1 input:

feedback value for X1 = ORFBVAL (assignable output)


feedback status for X1 = ORFBSTS (assignable output)

If ORFBVAL and ORFBSTS are not assigned and this block has a
secondary, the ORFBVAL and ORFBSTS received from the
secondary are used to compute ORFBVAL for the primary.

Inputs The REGCALC block can function without any inputs. The following
inputs are optional and they only accept real data types.
X[1] - An initializable input that must appear from another block, an
operator cannot set it.
X[2] through X[6] general purpose inputs.

XWHIFL - An external windup high flag.

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 209


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

XWLOFL - An external windup low flag.

Input Ranges XEUHI and XEULO define the full range of X[1] input in engineering
units. This block applies no range checking, since it assumes that X1
is within XEUHI and XEULO. If this function is required, you must
write an expression for it.
XEUHI represents the 100% of full scale value.

XEULO represents the 0% of full scale value.

Outputs Block has following initializable outputs:


OP = Calculated output in percent.

OPEU = Calculated output in engineering units.

Note that the default OP connection pin is exposed on the blocks and
the implicit/hidden connection function automatically makes the
appropriate value/status parameter (OPX/OPEUX) connection when
required.

Output Ranges CVEUHI and CVEULO define the full range of CV in engineering
units.
If this block has a secondary, it uses the secondary's input range
through BACKCALC to set its CV range. If it does not have a
secondary, you must define the range through CVEUHI and
CVEULO.
OPHILM and OPLOLM define normal high and low limits for OP as
a percent of the CV range (user-specified values).
OP clamps to these limits if algorithm's calculated result (CV)
exceeds them or another block or user program attempts to
store OP value exceeding them.
Operator may store OP value outside these limits.
OPEXHILM and OPEXLOLM define the extended high and low
limits for OP as a percent of the CV range (user-specified values).
Operator is prevented from storing an OP value that exceeds
these limits.

Assignable You can assign expression results and/or inputs to the following
Outputs outputs.
CV - This block's CV under normal operating conditions.

CVINIT - This block's CV during initialization.

210 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

CVORFB - This block's CV during override (in unselected path).

INITREQ - Initialization request flag, to be provided to the primary.

INITVAL - Initialization value, to be provided to the primary.

ORFBVAL - Override feedback value, to be provided to the


primary.
ORFBSTS - Override feedback status, to be provided to the
primary.

Operators and Table 3 lists the expression operators and functions supported by this
Functions block for reference.

Parameter You must specify a parameter by its full tag name. For example,
Identification "CM25.PumpASelect.PVFL", or "CM57.PID100.MODE".

In effect, tag names allow expressions to have an unlimited number


of inputs and work with any data type. However, do not use more
than six parameter references in an expression.

The expression syntax has been expanded. Delimiters (') can be


used in an expression containing an external reference component.
The format for the delimiter usage is as follows:
TagName.'text'

Expression Must include full tag.parameter name for X inputs in the expression
Rules and enclose identification number in brackets instead of
parenthesizes. For example, CM151.REGCALC BLOCK.X[1]
CM151.REGCALC BLOCK.X[2] is valid.
Expressions cannot contain an assignment operation (a colon and
equal sign with the current syntax) For example,
"CM1.PID1.MODE:=X[1]" is invalid.

Each expression produces a single value (arithmetic or logical


which is automatically stored in a "C" parameter. For example, if
you write four expressions, the result of the first expression is
stored in C[1], the result of the second is stored in C[2], and so on.
You can use these results, by name, in succeeding expressions. In
this example, you could use C[1] as an input to expressions 2, 3,
and 4.
You can mix and nest all operators and functions (including
conditional assignments) in any order as long as the value types
match or can be converted.
You can use blanks between operators and parameter names, but

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 211


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

they are not required.


You can use all data types in expressions, including enumerations.
They are all treated as numeric types.
You must configure calculator expressions contiguously (without
breaks) in the arrays.
A short description can be provided for the expressions using the
expression descriptor parameter (EXPRDESC[1..8]). The results of
the expressions, which use the CONST [1...8] parameters, are
affected if you change the values of these parameters on the
Constants tab.

Parameters ALMDB MODETRACK


ALMDBU NAME
ALMTM NORMMODE
ARWNET[1..8] NORMMODEATTR
ARWOP NUMINSERT
ASTEPID NUMPRI
BADCTLALM.FL NUMSEC
BADCTLALM.PR OP
BADCTLALM.SV OPBIAS
BADCTLFL OPBIAS.FIX
BADCTLOPTBADOCOPTBADOC OPBIAS.FLOAT
OPTENB OPBIAS.RATE
C[1..8] OPEU
CASREQFL OPEXHIFL
COMPUTEARW OPEXHILM
CONFIGCODE OPEXLOFL
CONFIGDESC OPEXLOLM
CONFIGSTS OPHIALM.DB
CSTS[1..8] OPHIALM.DBU
CTLINIT OPHIALM.FL
CTLSTATE OPHIALM.PR
CV OPHIALM.SV
CVEUHI OPHIALM.TM
CVEULO OPHIALM.TP
CVINIT OPHIFL
CVINITSRC OPHILM
CVORFB OPLOALM.DB
CVORFBSRC OPLOALM.DBU
CVSRC OPLOALM.FL
CVTYPE OPLOALM.PR
DESC OPLOALM.SV
ESWENB OPLOALM.TM
ESWFL.AUTO OPLOALM.TP
ESWFL.BCAS OPLOFL

212 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

ESWFL.CAS OPLOLM
ESWFL.MAN OPMINCHG
ESWPERM OPREQ
EUDESC OPROCLM
EXECCODE[1..8] OPROCNEGFL
EXECDESC[1..8] OPROCPOSFL
EXECSTS[1..8] OPTYPE
EXPR[1..8] ORDERINCM
FBORSTS ORFBSTSSRC
GAINHILM ORFBVALSRC
GAINLOLM OUTIND
HIALM.PR OUTTYPE
HIALM.SV PRIM.[1..8].INITIALIZABLE
HIALM.TYPE PRIMDATA.[1..8].HISELECT
HOLDOPT PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBSTS
HOLDRATE PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBVAL
HOLDVAL PRIMDATA.[1..8].OROFFSET
INALM PRIMDATA.[1..8].PROPOVRD
INITMAN REDTAG
INITREQ[1..8] RESTARTOPT
INITREQSRC SAFEOP
INITVAL[1..8] SECDATAIN.ARWSTS
INITVALSRC SECDATAIN.EUHI
INSBLOCK[1..10] SECDATAIN.EULO
INSFAILALM.FL SECDATAIN.HISELECT
INSFAILALM.PR SECDATAIN.INITSTS
INSFAILALM.SV SECDATAIN.INITVAL
INSFAILFL SECDATAIN.LOCALMAN
K SECDATAIN.ORFBSTS
LASTMODEREQ SECDATAIN.ORFBVAL
LASTOPREQ SECDATAIN.OROFFSET
LASTOPTYPE SECDATAIN.PROPOVRD
LASTREQFL SECINITOPT[1..8]
LASTSTEP SIALM.FL
MODE SIALM.OPT
MODEAPPL[1..4] SIALM.PR
MODEATTR SIALM.SV
MODEATTRFL.NORM SIFL
MODEATTRFL.OPER SIOPT
MODEATTRFL.PROG STARTOPT
MODECHANGE STARTRATE
MODEFL.AUTO STARTVAL
MODEFL.BCAS STOPOPT
MODEFL.CAS STOPRATE
MODEFL.MAN STOPVAL
MODEFL.NORM TMOUTFL
MODEPERM TMOUTMODE

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 213


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

MODEREQ TMOUTTIMEUNCMDCHGALM.F
LUNCMDCHGALM.OPTUNCMD
CHGALM.PRUNCMDCHGALM.
SV
X[1..6]
XB[1..6]
XEUHI
XEULO
XK[1..6]
XKB[1..6]
XSTS[1..6]
XWHIFL
XWLOFL

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the REGCALC Block.

REGSUMMER (Regulatory Control Summer)


Description Lets you calculate an output value which is the sum of up to
four input values.

Function The RegSummer algorithm calculates an output value


which is the sum of up to four inputs. Each of the inputs
may be individually scaled. In addition, the output may be
scaled by an overall gain, and an overall bias may be added
to the result.

Timeout Monitoring If MODE = Cascade, RegSummer performs timeout


monitoring on the initializable input X(1). If X(1) is not
updated within a predefined time, the block invokes timeout
processing.

For RegSummer in case of X1 timeout, X2 to X4 still fetch


the values from the upstream blocks.

The timeout time (in seconds) is specified by TMOUTTIME.

Time-out monitoring is enabled by setting TMOUTTIME to a


non-zero value, and disabled by setting it to zero.

Timeout Processing If MODE is Cascade and X(1) times out, this block does the
following:
Sets the "input timeout" flag (TMOUTFL)

214 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

Sets the input value to Bad (NaN)

Requests the X(1) primary to initialize

This block does not support mode shedding on timeout.

Inputs The RegSummer block accepts up to four inputs -- X(1)


through X(4).

X(1) is an initializable input; all others are non-initializable.


This X[1] input can be connected to non-initializable inputs
also. In this case there is no primary for this block.

The inputs must be pulled from other function blocks; the


user cannot store it in them.

This block has one primary. (There is one primary per


initializable input.)

X[1] input connection is mandatory. If X[1] is not connected


and the block is loaded an error is raised during load time
saying "At least input one needs to be connected".

NUMXINPT represents the number of input connections


that have been made to this block.

Input Ranges The user must specify an X-input engineering unit range,
and Limits XEUHI and XEULO.

XEUHI and XEULO define the full range of the inputs.


XEUHI is the value that represents 100% of full scale, and
XEULO is the value that represents 0%.

XEUHI and XEULO apply to all of the X-inputs.

This block assumes all of the X-inputs are within XEUHI


and XEULO; it applies no range-checks.

Outputs The RegSummer block has the following initializable


outputs:

OP - Calculated output, in percent.

OPEU - Calculated output, in engineering units.

The user may create a connection to OP or OPEU, but not


both. Therefore, this block may have only one secondary.
If the user does not create a connection to OP or OPEU,
then the block does not have a secondary. Alternately, if the
user connects OP or OPEU to a non-initializable input, then

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 215


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

this block does not have a secondary.

Output Ranges CVEUHI and CVEULO define the full range of CV, in
engineering units.

If this block has a secondary, it fetches the secondary's


input range through BACKCALC and sets its CV range to
that. If it has no secondary, CVEUHI and CVEULO track
the X-input range (XEUHI and XEULO).

Note: This block fetches the secondary's input range


regardless of SECINITOPT (that is, regardless of whether
the secondary's initialization and override data will be
used).

OPHILM and OPLOLM define the normal high and low


limits for OP, as a percent of the CV range. These are
user-specified values. OP will be clamped to these limits if
the algorithm's calculated result (CV) exceeds them, or
another function block or user program attempts to store an
OP value that exceeds them. However, the operator may
store an OP value that is outside these limits.

OPEXHILM and OPEXLOLM define the extended high and


low limits for OP, as a percent of the CV range. These are
user-specified values.

The operator is prevented from storing an OP value that


exceeds these limits.

OPTOL allow the user to configure a tolerance limit for the


manually entered OP. If the difference between the new OP
value and the current OP value is greater than OPTOL then
confirmation is required from the user to store the new
value.

Equation Options CV is calculated as follows:

For 2 to 4 inputs:

CV = K * [XK(1) * X(1) + XK(2) * X(2) + XK(3) * X(3) +


XK(4) * X(4)] + OPBIAS

For one input:

CV = K * X1 + B

where:

CV = Current full value of the output of this

216 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

algorithm in engineering units

K = Overall gain for CV

XK(1..4) = Individual gain for each input

OPBIAS = total output bias (that is, OPBIAS.FIX +


OPBIAS.FLOAT)

X(1..4) = Current full values of each X-input in


use.

Parameters ALMDB OPHIALM.DB


ALMDBU OPHIALM.DBU
ALMTM OPHIALM.FL
ARWNET[1..8] OPHIALM.PR
ARWNETIN[1..8] OPHIALM.SV
ARWOP OPHIALM.TM
ARWOPIN OPHIALM.TP
ASTEPID OPHIFL
BADCTLALM.FL OPHILM
BADCTLALM.PR OPLOALM.DB
BADCTLALM.SV OPLOALM.DBU
BADCTLFL OPLOALM.FL
BADCTLOPTBADOCOPTB OPLOALM.PR
ADOCOPTENB OPLOALM.SV
BLCKCOMMENT1 OPLOALM.TM
BLCKCOMMENT2 OPLOALM.TP
BLCKCOMMENT3 OPLOFL
BLCKCOMMENT4 OPLOLM
COMPUTEARW OPMINCHG
CTLINIT OPREQ
CTLSTATE OPROCLM
CV OPROCNEGFL
CVEUHI OPROCPOSFLOPTOL
CVEULO OPTYPE
CVTYPE ORDERINCM
DESC OUTIND
ESWENB OUTTYPE
ESWFL.AUTO PRIMDATA.[1..8].ARWSTS
ESWFL.BCAS PRIMDATA.[1..8]. EUHI
ESWFL.CAS PRIMDATA.[1..8]. EULO
ESWFL.MAN PRIMDATA.[1..8].HISELEC
ESWPERM T
EUDESC PRIMDATA.[1..8].INITSTS
FBORSTS PRIMDATA.[1..8].INITVAL
GAINHILM PRIMDATA.[1..8].LOCALM
GAINLOLM AN

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 217


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

HIALM.PR PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBST
HIALM.SV S
HIALM.TYPE PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBVA
HOLDOPT L
HOLDRATE PRIMDATA.[1..8].OROFFS
HOLDVAL ET
INALM PRIMDATA.[1..8].PROPOV
INITMAN RD
INITREQ[1..8] REDTAG
INITVAL[1..8] RESTARTOPT
INSBLOCK[1..10] SAFEOP
INSERTSTS[1..10] SECDATAIN.ARWSTS
INSFAILFL SECDATAIN.EUHI
INSTYPE[1..10] SECDATAIN.EULO
K SECDATAIN.HISELECT
LASTMODEREQ SECDATAIN.INITSTS
LASTOPREQ SECDATAIN.INITVAL
LASTOPTYPE SECDATAIN.LOCALMAN
LASTREQFL SECDATAIN.ORFBSTS
LASTSTEPMODE SECDATAIN.ORFBVAL
MODEAPPL[1..4] SECDATAIN.OROFFSET
MODEATTR SECDATAIN.PROPOVRD
MODEATTRFL.NORM SECINITOPT[1..8]
MODEATTRFL.OPER SIALM.FL
MODEATTRFL.PROG SIALM.OPT
MODECHANGE SIALM.PR
MODEFL.AUTO SIALM.SV
MODEFL.BCAS SIFL
MODEFL.CAS SIOPT
MODEFL.MAN STARTOPT
MODEFL.NORM STARTRATE
MODEPERM STARTVAL
MODEREQ STOPOPT
MODETRACK STOPRATE
NAME STOPVAL
NORMMODE TMOUTFL
NORMMODEATTR TMOUTMODE
NUMINSERT TMOUTTIMEUNCMDCHG
NUMPRI ALM.FLUNCMDCHGALM.
NUMSEC OPTUNCMDCHGALM.PRU
OP NCMDCHGALM.SV
OPBIAS X[1..4]
OPBIAS.FIX XDESC[1..4]
OPBIAS.FLOAT XEUHI
OPBIAS.RATE XEULO
OPEU XK[1..4]
OPEXHIFL XSTS[1..6]

218 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

OPEXHILM
OPEXLOFL
OPEXLOLM

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for


definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more


information on the REGSUMMER Block.

REMCAS block
Description Receives two inputs (X1 and X2), - X1 comes from a remote cascade
source and X2 comes from a backup cascade - performs timeout
monitoring on both inputs, and normally operates in Cascade mode.

Function Provides automatic switching between a remote and backup cascade


- typically used with PID block that normally gets its set point from a
remote source, but sheds to a local source if there is a
communication failure.

Timeout In cascade or backup cascade mode, performs timeout monitoring on


Monitoring both inputs (X1 and X2). If either input value is not updated within a
predefined time, this block invokes the following timeout processing.
(Note that this block does not support the timeout shed mode
parameter TMOUTMODE.)
If X1 times out, but X2 is good, block

Sets the input timeout flag (TMOUTFL).


Sets MODE to backup cascade.
Sets the currently selected input (SELXINP) to X2.
Requests the X1 primary to initialize.
If X2 times out, but X1 is good, block

Requests the X2 primary to initialize. Since mode is cascade


and X1 is already the currently selected input.
If both inputs timeout, block

Sets CV to NaN, which forces a "Bad Control" condition. The


user specifies what actions to take on Bad Control through
the BADCTLOPT.
Sets the currently selected input (SELXINP) to None.

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 219


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

Requests both primaries to initialize.

If X1 times out and the block sheds to Backup Cascade mode, block
sets the Cascade Request flag (CASREQFL). When CASREQFL is
set, it means the block is waiting to return to the cascade mode, and
will do so as soon as it brings a good X1 value.

Time-out monitoring is enabled by setting TMOUTTIME to a non-zero


value, and disabled by setting it to zero.

Control Block brings initialization requests from its secondary through


Initialization BACKCALC. In addition, the secondary may propagate one-shot
initialization requests to this block. However, SECINITOPT[1..8] may
be used to ignore initialization requests from this secondary.

If the secondary is requesting initialization, block:


Initializes its output:

CV = initialization value from the secondary


Builds an initialization request for X1 primary as:

INITREQ[1] = ON
INITVAL[1] = CV - OPBIAS.FIX
Builds an initialization request for X2 primary as:

INITREQ[2] = ON
INITVAL[2] = CV - OPBIAS.FIX

Override If this block is in a cascade strategy with a downstream Override


Feedback Selector block, it receives override feedback data. The data consists
Processing of an override status, override feedback value and an override offset
flag. The status indicates if this block is in the selected or unselected
strategy. The offset flag only applies to PID type function blocks.
However, SECINITOPT[1..8] may be used to ignore override
requests from the secondary.

When override status changes from selected to unselected, this


block:
Computes a feedback value for the selected primary.

The selected primary feedback value =


BACKCALCOUT.ORFBVAL - OPBIAS.FIX -
OPBIAS.FLOAT.
The non-selected primary is propagated with "non-

220 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

connected" status.

The Selected input of the REMCAS block gets the propagated


ORFBSTS status of either 'Selected or Not-Selected' from the
Override Selector secondary while the unselected primary of the
REMCAS block always gets non-connected status for Override
Feedback status by the REMCAS block, regardless of whether
TRACKING is On or Off.

Inputs X1 = initializable input from a remote source.

X2 = initializable input from backup cascade.

You can configure a description of up to 15 characters for each


input.

Input Ranges XEUHI and XEULO define the full range of inputs.

XEUHI represents 100% of full scale value.


XEULO represents 0% of full scale value.

Outputs Block has following initializable outputs:


OP = Calculated output in percent.

OPEU = Calculated output in engineering units.

Note that the default OP connection pin is exposed on the blocks and
the implicit/hidden connection function automatically makes the
appropriate value/status parameter (OPX/OPEUX) connection when
required.

Output Ranges CVEUHI and CVEULO define the full range of CV in engineering
units.
OPHILM and OPLOLM define normal high and low limits for OP as
a percent of the CV range (user-specified values).
OP clamps to these limits if algorithm's calculated result (CV)
exceeds them or another block or user program attempts to
store OP value exceeding them.
Operator may store OP value outside these limits.
OPEXHILM and OPEXLOLM define the extended high and low
limits for OP as a percent of the CV range (user-specified values).
Operator is prevented from storing an OP value that exceeds
these limits.

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 221


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

Parameters ALMDB OPBIAS


ALMDBU OPBIAS.FIX
ALMTM OPBIAS.FLOAT
ARWNET[1..8] OPBIAS.RATE
ARWOP OPEU
ASTEPID OPEXHIFL
BADCTLALM.FL OPEXHILM
BADCTLALM.PR OPEXLOFL
BADCTLALM.SV OPEXLOLM
BADCTLFL OPHIALM.DB
BADCTLOPTBADOCOPTBADOC OPHIALM.DBU
OPTENB OPHIALM.FL
CASREQFL OPHIALM.PR
COMPUTEARW OPHIALM.SV
CTLINIT OPHIALM.TM
CTLSTATE OPHIALM.TP
CV OPHIFL
CVEUHI OPHILM
CVEULO OPLOALM.DB
CVTYPE OPLOALM.DBU
DESC OPLOALM.FL
ESWENB OPLOALM.PR
ESWFL.AUTO OPLOALM.SV
ESWFL.BCAS OPLOALM.TM
ESWFL.CAS OPLOALM.TP
ESWFL.MAN OPLOFL
ESWPERM OPLOLM
EUDESC OPMINCHG
FBORSTS OPREQ
HIALM.PR OPROCLM
HIALM.SV OPROCNEGFL
HIALM.TYPE OPROCPOSFL
HOLDOPT OPTYPE
HOLDRATE ORDERINCM
HOLDVAL OUTIND
INALM OUTTYPE
INITMAN PRIM.[1..8].INITIALIZABLE
INITREQ[1..8] PRIMDATA.[1..8].HISELECT
INITVAL[1..8] PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBSTS
INSBLOCK[1..10] PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBVAL
INSFAILALM.FL PRIMDATA.[1..8].OROFFSET
INSFAILALM.PR PRIMDATA.[1..8].PROPOVRD
INSFAILALM.SV REDTAG
INSFAILFL RESTARTOPT
LASTMODEREQ SAFEOP
LASTOPREQ SECDATAIN.ARWSTS
LASTOPTYPE SECDATAIN.EUHI

222 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

LASTREQFL SECDATAIN.EULO
LASTSTEP SECDATAIN.HISELECT
MODE SECDATAIN.INITSTS
MODEAPPL[1..4] SECDATAIN.INITVAL
MODEATTR SECDATAIN.LOCALMAN
MODEATTRFL.NORM SECDATAIN.ORFBSTS
MODEATTRFL.OPER SECDATAIN.ORFBVAL
MODEATTRFL.PROG SECDATAIN.OROFFSET
MODECHANGE SECDATAIN.PROPOVRD
MODEFL.AUTO SECINITOPT[1..8]
MODEFL.BCAS SELXDESC
MODEFL.CAS SELXINP
MODEFL.MAN SIALM.FL
MODEFL.NORM SIALM.OPT
MODEPERM SIALM.PR
MODEREQ SIALM.SV
MODETRACK SIFL
NAME SIOPT
NORMMODE STARTOPT
NORMMODEATTR STARTRATE
NUMINSERT STARTVAL
NUMPRI STOPOPT
NUMSEC STOPRATE
OP STOPVAL
TMOUTFL
TMOUTTIME
TRACKINGUNCMDCHGALM.FL
UNCMDCHGALM.OPTUNCMDC
HGALM.PRUNCMDCHGALM.SV
X1
X2
XDESC[1..2]
XEUHI
XEULO

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the REMCAS Block.

SWITCH block
Description Accepts up to 8 initializable inputs (that is, primaries) and operates as
a single-pole, 8-position rotary switch.
An Operator, user program or another block may change switch

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 223


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

position.

Function Typically used to assign different primary to a secondary; allows user


to select one from 8 inputs and outputs for the selected value.

Timeout In cascade mode, performs timeout monitoring on all inputs X[1]


Monitoring through X[8]. If an input value is not updated within a predefined time,
this block invokes the following timeout processing.
Sets the "input timeout" flag (TMOUTFL).

Sets the input value to Bad (NaN).

Requests the input's primary to initialize.

This block does not support mode shedding on timeout.

Time-out monitoring is enabled by setting TMOUTTIME to a non-zero


value, and disabled by setting it to zero.

Control Block brings initialization requests from its secondary through


Initialization BACKCALC. In addition, the secondary may propagate one-shot
initialization requests to this block. However, SECINITOPT[1..8] may
be used to ignore initialization requests from this secondary.

If the secondary is requesting initialization, block:


Initializes its output:

CV = initialization value from the secondary


Builds an initialization request for selected primary as:

INITREQ(s) = ON
INITVAL(s) = CV - OPBIAS.FIX
If TRACKING is ON, block also builds an initialization request for
the non-selected primaries as:
INITREQ(n) = ON
INITVAL(n) = CV - OPBIAS.FIX

Override If this block is in a cascade strategy with a downstream Override


Feedback Selector block, it receives override feedback data. The data consists
Processing of an override status, override feedback value and an override offset
flag. The status indicates if this block is in the selected or unselected
strategy. The offset flag only applies to PID type function blocks.
However, SECINITOPT[1..8] may be used to ignore override
requests from the secondary.

224 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

When override status changes from selected to unselected, this


block:
Computes a feedback value for the selected primary.

The selected primary feedback value =


BACKCALCOUT.ORFBVAL - OPBIAS.FIX - OPBIAS.FLOAT
The non-selected primaries are propagated with "not
selected" status.

The Selected input of the SWITCH block gets the propagated


ORFBSTS status of either 'Selected or Not-Selected' from the
Override Selector secondary while the unselected primary of the
SWITCH always gets non-connected status for Override Feedback
status by the Switch block, regardless of whether TRACKING is On or
Off.

If this block and a primary are on the same node, this block
propagates the override data to the primary. If a primary is on a
different node, this block stores the data in the BACKCALC packet for
that primary, which the primary brings on its next execution.

Inputs Accepts up to 8 initializable inputs -- X[1] through X[8].


Inputs must be pulled from other blocks (cannot be stored).

You can configure a description of up to 15 characters for each


input.
This block may have two to eight primaries, depending on the
number of inputs that are configured. (There is one primary per
initializable input.)

Input Ranges User must specify an X-input engineering unit range, XEUHI and
and Limits XEULO, which defines the full range of inputs (for all X-inputs).
XEUHI represents 100% of full scale value.

XEULO represents 0% of full scale value.

Block provides its input range (XEUHI/XEULO) to the primaries


through BACKCALC. The primaries use this for their output range
(CVEUHI/CVEULO).

Outputs Block has the following initializable outputs:


OP = Calculated output in percent.

OPEU = Calculated output in engineering units.

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 225


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

User may specify a fixed bias to be added to the output.


Block calculates floating bias to provide bumpless transition
after input switching, initialization or mode change.

Note that the default OP connection pin is exposed on the blocks and
the implicit/hidden connection function automatically makes the
appropriate value/status parameter (OPX/OPEUX) connection when
required.

Output Ranges CVEUHI and CVEULO define full range of CV in engineering units.
If block has no secondary, CVEUHI and CVEULO track the "X"
input range (XEUHI and XEULO).
OPHILM and OPLOLM define normal high and low limits for OP as
a percent of CV range (user-specified values).
OPEXHILM and OPEXLOLM define extended high and low limits
for OP as a percent of CV range (user-specified).
Prevents operator from storing an OP that exceeds these
limits.

Parameters ALMDB OPEU


ALMDBU OPEXHIFL
ALMTM OPEXHILM
ARWNET[1..8] OPEXLOFL
ARWOP OPEXLOLM
ASTEPID OPHIALM.DB
BADCTLALM.FL OPHIALM.DBU
BADCTLALM.PR OPHIALM.FL
BADCTLALM.SV OPHIALM.PR
BADCTLFL OPHIALM.SV
BADCTLOPTBADOCOPTBADOC OPHIALM.TM
OPTENB OPHIALM.TP
BADINPTOPT[1..8] OPHIFL
COMPUTEARW OPHILM
CTLEQN OPLOALM.DB
CTLINIT OPLOALM.DBU
CTLSTATE OPLOALM.FL
CV OPLOALM.PR
CVEUHI OPLOALM.SV
CVEULO OPLOALM.TM
CVTYPE OPLOALM.TP
DESC OPLOFL
ESWENB OPLOLM
ESWFL.AUTO OPMINCHG
ESWFL.BCAS OPREQ
ESWFL.CAS OPROCLM

226 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

ESWFL.MAN OPROCNEGFL
ESWPERM OPROCPOSFL
EUDESC OUTIND
FBORSTS OPTYPE
HIALM.PR ORDERINCM
HIALM.SV OUTTYPE
HIALM.TYPE PRIM.[1..8].INITIALIZABLE
HOLDOPT PRIMDATA.[1..8].HISELECT
HOLDRATE PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBSTS
HOLDVAL PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBVAL
INALM PRIMDATA.[1..8].OROFFSET
INITMAN PRIMDATA.[1..8].PROPOVRD
INITREQ[1..8] REDTAG
INITVAL[1..8] RESTARTOPT
INSBLOCK[1..10] SAFEOP
INSFAILALM.FL SECDATAIN.ARWSTS
INSFAILALM.PR SECDATAIN.EUHI
INSFAILALM.SV SECDATAIN.EULO
INSFAILFL SECDATAIN.HISELECT
LASTMODEREQ SECDATAIN.INITSTS
LASTOPREQ SECDATAIN.INITVAL
LASTOPTYPE SECDATAIN.LOCALMAN
LASTREQFL SECDATAIN.ORFBSTS
LASTSTEP SECDATAIN.ORFBVAL
MODE SECDATAIN.OROFFSET
MODEAPPL[1..4] SECDATAIN.PROPOVRD
MODEATTR SECINITOPT[1..8]
MODEATTRFL.NORM SELXDESC
MODEATTRFL.OPER SELXFL[1..8]
MODEATTRFL.PROG SELXINP
MODECHANGE SIALM.FL
MODEFL.AUTO SIALM.OPT
MODEFL.BCAS SIALM.PR
MODEFL.CAS SIALM.SV
MODEFL.MAN SIFL
MODEFL.NORM SIOPT
MODEPERM STARTOPT
MODEREQ STARTRATE
MODETRACK STARTVAL
NAME STOPOPT
NORMMODE STOPRATE
NORMMODEATTR STOPVAL
NUMINSERT TMOUTFL
NUMPRI TMOUTTIME
NUMSEC TRACKINGUNCMDCHGALM.FL
OP UNCMDCHGALM.OPTUNCMDC
OPBIAS HGALM.PRUNCMDCHGALM.SV

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 227


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.8. Regulatory Control Blocks

OPBIAS.FIX X[1..8]
OPBIAS.FLOAT XDESC[1..8]
OPBIAS.RATE XEUHI
XEULO

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the SWITCH Block.

228 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.9. Sequential Control Module Blocks

3.9 Sequential Control Module Blocks

HANDLER Block
Description SCM HANDLER blocks are execution modules that group STEP and
TRANSITION blocks.
Multiple Handler blocks may be contained within an SCM block,
each modeled as a set of STEP and TRANSITION blocks, based
on the following categories:
Edit Handler
Main Handler
Check Handler
Interrupt Handler
Restart Handler
Hold Handler
Stop Handler
Abort Handler
Choices of which HANDLER block of each category to invoke are
manifested through a HANDLER block selection list on the SCM
block.
A HANDLER block is invoked when

its invoke conditions, modeled in its Invoke TRANSITION


block, are met .
when the SCM block is commanded to invoke the Handler
(for example, the STOP command causes the STOP Handler
to execute).

Function Used to describe, group, and categorize sequential control behavior.

Parameters CONFIGCODE INVOKT.HANDLE


CONFIGDESC NAME
CONFIGSTS NUM
DESC ORDERINCM
EXECCODE PROCESSED
EXECDESC STATE
EXECSTS TYPE

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 229


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.9. Sequential Control Module Blocks

HANDLER

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Sequential Control Module User Guide for more


information on the HANDLER Block.

STEP Block
Description An SCM block which defines specific output actions.
A specified output action usually generates a request to a control
device to do something (for example, open a valve, start a pump,
set furnace temperature).
The source value of each output can be an expression (thereby
enabling calculations in each output).

Function Organizes the output expressions of an SCM HANDLER block at a


specific stage of the HANDLER's execution thread.

Outputs Up to 16 outputs may be defined per SCM STEP block.

The STEP block whose outputs are active is called the Active Step.

Expressions You enter desired output expressions into the Step output
configuration form. You compose an output expression to include a
target store destination for a source value and a source expression
that generates the value to be stored. (For example, cm1.pid1.sp :=
cm2.pid2.op + 50.0.) Source expressions can evaluate to a Boolean
value using a combination of arithmetic and logical operators, to an
arithmetic value using arithmetic operators, or may simply specify any
scalar value (Floating Point, Boolean, Enumeration) for comparison in
a logical expression or as a value to be stored to the target store
destination. Parameters of other blocks can be referenced as long as
the block is already defined in the system database. Note that :
String data types are supported.

Enumerations and Boolean are supported, but values must be


entered as integers. For example:
cm1.flag1.pvfl := 1 (PVFL is turned ON)

Operators and Table 3 lists the expression operators and functions supported by this
Functions block for reference.

Parameters ACTIVEFL NUMOUTPUTS

230 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.9. Sequential Control Module Blocks

ACTVTNTIME OP[1..16].CONFIGCODE
CONFIGCODE OP[1..16].CONFIGDESC
CONFIGDESC OP[1..16].CONFIGSTS
CONFIGSTS OP[1..16].DELAYTIME
DESC OP[1..16].DELAYTIMEREM
EUDESC OP[1..16].DESC
EXECCODE OP[1..16].EXECCODE
EXECDESC OP[1..16].EXECDESC
EXECSTS OP[1..16].EXECSTS
HANDLER OP[1..16].SRCEXPR
IC.BYPPERM OP[1..16].STATE
IC.BYPREQ OP[1..16].TYPE
IC.CONFIGCODE ORDERINCM
IC.CONFIGDESC PROCESSED
IC.CONFIGSTS SC.BYPPERM
IC.DESC SC.BYPREQ
IC.EXECCODE SC.CONFIGCODE
IC.EXECDESC SC.CONFIGDESC
IC.EXECSTS SC.CONFIGSTS
IC.EXPR SC.DESC
IC.FL SC.EXECCODE
IC.INVOKFL SC.EXECDESC
IC.OPT SC.EXECSTS
ID SC.EXPR
MAXTIME SC.FL
MAXTIMEFL SC.INVOKFL
MINTIME SC.OPT
NAME STATE
NEXTCOMP[1..10] TIME
NEXTHANDLE[1..10] UPDRESOPT
NEXTNUMBER
NUM

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Sequential Control Module User Guide for more


information on the STEP Block.

SYNC Block
Description The SYNC block lets you configure SCMs to have steps and
transitions executing in parallel. The sync block will synchronize the
start and finish of a parallel section.

Function Waits until all preceding steps and transitions have completed before

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 231


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.9. Sequential Control Module Blocks

moving on the next threads.

You can use SYNC blocks to be sure, that at a certain point in time,
all previous threads are synchronized before proceeding to the next
set of steps and transitions. You can also use them to start the next
set of parallel steps and transitions.

Inputs/Outputs Sync blocks can have any combination of up to fifteen inputs and
fifteen outputs (either step or transition blocks).

Parameters CONFIGCODE NEXTCOMP[1..15]


CONFIGDESC NEXTHANDLE[1..10]
CONFIGSTS NEXTNUMBER
DESC NUMORDERINCM
EPREV PROCESSED
EUDESC STATE
EXECCODE
EXECDESC
EXECSTS
HANDLER

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Sequential Control Module User Guide for more


information on the STEP Block.

TRANSITION Block
Description An SCM block that defines specific input conditions for a Handler.
Input conditions and conjoining TRANSITION blocks define a
distinct process state that must be achieved in order for the output
actions specified by the next STEP block to be performed.
The input conditions grouped into a TRANSITION block are the
condition expressions that direct sequential execution flow.

Function Defines the distinct process state that must be achieved in order to
allow the SCM HANDLER to advance to the control step (that is, the
STEP block) so that it can perform the output actions specified.

Input Conditions A maximum of 10 standard input conditions are supported per


SCM TRANSITION block.
The Invoke TRANSITION block in the MAIN HANDLER of the
SCM block provides the Start Conditions for the SCM.
Logic gates may be AND, OR, NAND, NOR, NOT, XOR,

232 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.10. System Blocks

CONNECT, NONE, OFF, or ON.


XOR must have two inputs.
CONNECT and NOT have only one input -- the output is the
same as the input and the output is the logical negation of the
input, respectively.
NONE, ON, and OFF have no inputs.

Expressions You enter desired condition expressions into the transition condition
configuration form. Condition expressions can evaluate to a Boolean
value using a combination of arithmetic and logical operators (for
example, cm1.pid1.sp + cm2.pid2.op >= 50.0). Parameters of other
blocks can be referenced as long as the block is already defined in
the system database. Note that :
String data types are not supported.

Enumerations and Boolean are supported, but values must be


entered as integers. For example:
cm2.pid1.mode = 2 (Mode is compared to Cascade)

Operators and Table 3 lists the expression operators and functions supported by this
Functions block for reference.

Parameters C[1..10].BYPPERM CONFIGSTS


C[1..10].BYPREQ DESC
C[1..10].CONFIGCODE EUDESC
C[1..10].CONFIGDESC EXECCODE
C[1..10].CONFIGSTS EXECDESC
C[1..10].DESC EXECSTS
C[1..10].EXECCODE G[1..4].ALGID
C[1..10].EXECDESC G[1..4].FIRSTCOND
C[1..10].EXECSTS G[1..4].NUMINPTS
C[1..10].EXPR G[1..4].SO
C[1..10].FL HANDLER
C[1..10].GATEASGN NEXTCOMP
C[1..10].INVOKFL NEXTHANDLE
C1 NAME
CONFIGCODE NUM
CONFIGDESC NUMCONDS
ORDERINCM
PROCESSED
SO
STATE

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 233


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.10. System Blocks

each parameter.

Refer to the Sequential Control Module User Guide for more


information on the TRANSITION Block.

3.10 System Blocks


CONTROL MODULE block (Continuous Control)
Description One of two system container blocks supported by CEE. It holds
continuous and discrete function blocks.

Function Configurable building block for defining control strategies. Lets you
encapsulate strategies according to function.

It provides these basic services for configured blocks:


Serves as the unit of load for continuous and discrete control
strategies.
Transfers data between passive parameters that have no
associated active connector.
Executes component function blocks in an established order, which
is configurable or arbitrarily determined by the CM.
Provides independent tag names component blocks their
parameters.
Serves the execution master for continuous and discrete control
strategies.

Inputs Input parameters for component blocks that connect to other CMs
and SCMs.

Outputs Output parameters for component blocks that connect to other CMs
and SCMs.

Parameters ALIASOPT ORDERINLINK


ALMENBSTATE PHASE
BPS PRIMARYSIG
BPSDELAY QUALSTATE
BPSDELAYREM REASONSET
CBBLOCKPROP PREVLOADSTAT
CEESTATE SCALEPERIOD
CONTCUTOUT SCANASSOCDSP
CTRLCONFIRM SCANCTRLLVL
DESC SCANGRPDTL
234 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110
Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.10. System Blocks

ESTWEIGHT SCANPNTDTL
EUDESC SCMASTEP
EXECSTATE SCMID
FFPERIOD SCMNAME
PERIODPERIODSEC SCMOPT
INALM SCMSTATE
INSERTINDEX SCRIPTOR
IOSCHEDOPT SECONDARYSIG
JOURNALONLY SECSIGSECLVL
KEYWORD STALECOUNT
LOADSTATE UNITTEXTVERSION
LOGICINITOPT
NAME
NUMSIGS
ORDERINCEE

ATTENTION
The LOGICINITOPT parameter is added to the Control Module's Main
configuration form to govern how outputs of the Logic blocks FTRIG,
MAXPULSE, MINPULSE, MVOTE, nooN, OFFDELAY, ONDELAY, PULSE,
RTRIG, TRIG, and 2oo3 react when they go through state transitions of
activate, cold start, warm start, or RAM Retention Restart (RRR).

Refer to the given Logic block description in the Control Builder Components
Theory for more information related to a given Logic block.

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the Control Module Block.

SEQUENTIAL CONTROL MODULE block (Sequential Control)


Description A system container block that consists of sequences of STEP and
TRANSITION blocks grouped by specific HANDLER blocks.
The SCM block may only contain its own components (that is,
HANDLER, STEP and TRANSITION blocks); it cannot contain
other basic blocks such as PID or logic blocks.

Function Used to organize normal- and exception-based sequential control


logic.

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 235


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.10. System Blocks

Parameters ABORTALM.FL INVFRMHNDTYP[1..8]


ABORTALM.PR INVFROMSTEP[1..8][1..10]
ABORTALM.SV INVFROMSTEPN[1..8][1..10]
ABORTLOCK INVREASON[1..8]
ACTIVEHANDLR[1..8] INVTHREAD[1..8]
ACTIVELOC.HANDLER INVTIME[1..8]
ACTIVELOC.HANDLERN KEYWORD
ACTIVELOC.HNDTYPE LOADSTATE
ACTIVELOC.STEP[1..10] MODE
ACTIVELOC.STEPN[1..10] MODEATTR
ACTIVELOC.TIME[1..10] NAME
ALIASBLKTYP[ ] NORMMODE
ALIASOPT NORMMODEATTR
ALIASPRMTYP[ ] NUMALIASES
ALMENBSTATE NUMHISTPARMS
AUXCMD NUMINSTANCES
AUXOPT NUMRECPARMS
AUXREQ NUMTHREADS
AUXREQDATA[1..5] NUMTRANS
AUXSTS ORDERINCEE
AUXUNIT ORDERINCM
CEESTATE PAUSEFL
CMDEXEC PERIOD
COMMAND PHASE
CONFIGCODE PREVLOADSTAT
CONFIGDESC RECDESC[1..50]
CONFIGSTS RECMATCODE[1..50]
CONTROLLOCK RECSCALE[1..50]
DESC RECTARGET[1..50]
ENBHANDLER[1..8] RECTARGETMAX[1..50]
ESTWEIGHT RECTARGETMIN[1..50]
EUDESC RESADDR[1..10]
EVALTRANS[1..10][1..10] RESADDRFUTRN[1..10]
EVALTRANSN[1..10][1..10] RESADDRFUTUR[1..10]
EXCMODEOPT RESADDRN[1..10]
EXECCODE RSTPROCESSED
EXECDESC SCANASSOCDSP
EXECSTATE SCANCTRLLVL
EXECSTS SCANGRPDTL
FAILALM.FL SCANPNTDTL
FAILALM.PR SELHANDLER[1..8]
FAILALM.SV SELHANDLERN[1..8]
HIALM SSTEPLOCK
HIALM.PR STATE
HIALM.SV STEPALM.FL
HIALM.TYPE STEPALM.PR
HISTDESC STEPALM.SV

236 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.11. Utility Blocks

HOLDALM.FL STOPALM.FL
HOLDALM.PR STOPALM.PR
HOLDALM.SV STOPALM.SV
INALM TARGETSTEP[1..10]
INSERTINDEX TIME[1..8]
INSTSELECT UNITTEXT
INVCOND[1..8] VERSION
INVFRMHNDLER[1..8]
INVFRMHNDLERN[1..8]

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Sequential Control Module User Guide for more


information on the Sequential Control Module Block.

3.11 Utility Blocks


ALMWINDOW (Alarm Window - Alarm Annunciator) block

ATTENTION
The ALMWINDOW block can only be used with C300 Controllers and
SIMC300.

Description The Alarm Window (ALMWINDOW) function block accepts boolean


inputs (1 to 16) and performs the configured sequence. It provides
one Alarm output (ALMOUT) and group status output (FLSHSTAT).
(The FLASHSTAT is further connected by the user to the Annunciator
Panel function block during configuration)

The alarm annunciator is implemented as two blocks, one


encapsulating the function of individual alarm group, and one to
control the lamp test, acknowledge, and reset functions.

Function The Alarm Window function block accepts boolean inputs (1 to 16)
and performs the configured sequence. It provides one alarm
output (ALMOUT) and group status output (FLSHSTAT).
It accepts multiple inputs (max 16) and provides system alarm in
case of abnormal input.

Inputs ALMIN [1..16] - Boolean inputs whose transitions need to be


monitored. The block supports 16 inputs. By default, only four
inputs are exposed.

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 237


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.11. Utility Blocks

The NUMIN input parameter decides the number of alarm inputs


that can be connected to the block.

Outputs FLSHSTAT - It takes the states, FASTFLASH, SLOWFLASH,


LAMPSTEADY, and LAMPOFF.
ALMOUT - OR of all inputs the Alarm Window.

Parameters ALMIN[1..16] INALM


ALMOUT NAME
ALMSEQ NUMIN
FLSHSTAT OFFNRMALM.FLOFFNRMALM.
HIALM.PR PR
HIALM.SV OFFNRMALM.SV
HIALM.TYPE

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the ALMWINDOW Block.

ANNPANEL (Annunciator Panel - Alarm Annunciator) block

ATTENTION
The ANNPANEL block can only be used with C300 Controllers and SIMC300.

Description This Annunciator Panel function block accepts FLSHSTAT from the
Alarm Window function block and provides Lamp output for the
annunciation windows with synchronized lamp flash sequence and
hooter annunciation. This block also accepts the TEST input which
forces the entire Lamp out to glow steady. This block establishes a
hidden connection with the Alarm window function block to pass the
RESET and ACK parameter values.

Function Accepts multiple window block output (max 32) and provides lamp
and hooter outputs.
The FLSHSTAT can take several states including FASTFLASH,
SLOWFLASH, LAMPSTEADY, and LAMPOFF.
Enables an input to be wired as the operator acknowledge button.

Enables an input to be wired as the operator RESET button.

Enables an input to be wired as the operator lamp test button.

238 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.11. Utility Blocks

Description is fetched from the preceding Alarm window block.

ATTENTION
Ensure the Control Module containing the ANNPANEL block is
configured for an Execution Period of 100 milliseconds or faster. The
flashing rate of the annunciator panel only works as expected when
the block is placed in a 100 millisecond or faster CM.

Inputs FLSHSTAT[1..32] - It can take several states including FASTFLASH,


SLOWFLASH, LAMPSTEADY, and LAMPOFF
LAMP TEST

RESET

ACK

Outputs LAMPOUT[1..32] - It can take several states including FASTFLASH,


SLOWFLASH, LAMPSTEADY, and LAMPOFF.
OUTHORN1 - It turns ON if any of FLSHSTAT is in flastflashing
mode
OUTHORN2 - It turns ON if any of FLASSTAT is in slowflashing
mode.

Parameters ACK NUMANNWINOUTHORN1


ALMWINTXT[1..32] OUTHORN2
FLSHSTAT[1..32] RESET
FSTFLSHSPD SLWFLSHSPD
LAMPOUT[1..32]
LAMPTEST

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of each
parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information on


the ANNPANEL Block.

DIGACQ (Digital Acquisition) block

ATTENTION
The DIGACQ block can only be used with C300 Controllers and SIMC300.

Description The Digital Acquisition function block uses a combination of a


DICHANNEL and SEL/FLAG where PVSOURCE is defined by the

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 239


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.11. Utility Blocks

operator. The Digital Acquisition block receives input from the DI


Channel block. This block is independent of Channel type that feeds
the block.

Function Enables the user to specify the source of the process variable -
AUTO, SUB or MAN.
AUTO: Value is taken from the Switch.
SUB: Value is taken from the PROGRAM or other CM.
MAN: Input is Operator specified.
Enables manual force OPEN or CLOSE of the field digital input by
operators during maintenance of field switches.
Supports alarm generation, when the current process variable state
is different from the configured NORMAL state.

Inputs IN - Input parameter

PVFL (In case PVSOURCE is SUB)

Outputs PV - Currently selected input based on the PVSOURCE selection

PVFL - Actual State Flag

INVPVFL - Inverted State Flag

Depending on the value of PVSRCOPT and PVSOURCE, the


output is set to one of the following input values:

PVSRCOPT PVSOURCE PV

Only Auto AUTO Value of PVAUTOFL

ALL AUTO Value of PVAUTOFL

ALL MAN Value of PVFL

ALL SUB Value of PVFL

The PVFL and PV parameters are always matched. When the


PVSOURCE is changed to MAN, the value of PVFL/PV is retained
at the last value. This value can be changed as needed.
INVPVFL is a read-only value which is the inverse of the PVFL
value.

Parameters BADPVALM.FL OFFNRMALM.SV


BADPVALM.PR PV
BADPVALM.SV PVAUTOFL

240 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.11. Utility Blocks

DABLOCKSINCM PVFL
HIALM.PR PVSOURCE
HIALM.SV PVSRCOPT
HIALM.TYPE PVSTS
IN PVSTSFL.BAD
INALM PVSTSFL.MAN
INVPVFL PVSTSFL.NORM
NAME PVSTSFL.UNCERTN
NORMAL STATE0
OFFNRMALM.FL STATE1
OFFNRMALM.PR STATETEXT[0..1]

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the DIGACQ Block.

EXECTIMER

ATTENTION
The EXECTIMER Block can only be used with C300 Controller and SIMC300.

Description EXECTIMER is a CEE utility block used to measure execution timing


of other CEE blocks.

Function EXECTIMER is used by creating two instances. One instance marks


the beginning of a time interval, that is, the BEGTIME instance.
The other instance marks the end of a time interval, that is, the
ENDTIME instance. The output parameter BEGTIME.TIMEOUT is
then connected to the input parameter ENDTIME.TIMEIN. With this
configuration, any module, block, group of modules or group of
blocks which execute between the two EXECTIMER instances is
included in the time measurement.

Inputs The input parameter is ENDTIME.TIMEIN. There is no input for the


BEGTIME instance that marks the beginning of a time interval.

Outputs The output parameter is BEGTIME.TIMEOUT. There is no output for


the ENDTIME instance that marks the end of a time interval.

Parameter DTANORM DTIMESTDPRC


DTAOFFSET ENABLE
DTASCALE MAXMINRATIO
DTIME REJFACTOR

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 241


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.11. Utility Blocks

DTIMEAVG RESET
DTIMEAVGCOMP TAU
DTIMEMAX TIMEIN
DTIMEMIN TIMEOUT
DTIMESTD

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference, for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory, for more


information on the EXECTIMER Block.

FIRSTOUT (First Out Detection) block

ATTENTION
The FIRSTOUT block can only be used with C300 Controllers and SIMC300.

Description A First Out logic enables you to identify the digital input signal that
was first to transition from its normal state, amongst a set of digital
inputs connected to an equipment or a device. Usually, this block is
associated with a critical equipment. An equipment's or a drive's
protection interlocks and stop commands are connected as input to
the First up block. When an input signal transitions from its configured
NORMAL state, the output flag of the First Out logic is raised. In
addition, the input responsible for the First Out flag is recorded. All
the logic processing is performed during runtime processing of the
block. The recording is locked until a reset is applied to the block after
all inputs are back to Normal state.

Function The block provides the First Out function. A First Out logic enables
you to identify which digital input signal was first to transition from
NORMAL state, amongst a set of digital inputs connected to the
block.
The set of digital inputs connected to the block is scanned in
ascending order and once a transition (from NORMAL state) is
detected, the First Out is flagged and further scanning is stopped
for rest of the cycles until a RESET.
In a scenario where more than one input transitions in a single
cycle, say 2 and 8, from the NORMAL state, the
FIRSTOUTACTED flag is set. This leads to INPUTACTED [2] and
INPUTACTED [8] to turn ON. The FIRSTOUTINPUT takes the
value of "Multiple".
The block provides an output which is an OR of all NORMAL state

242 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.11. Utility Blocks

inputs and it goes high if any input goes to ABNORMAL state. It


resets when all inputs come back to NORMAL state.
Enables you to reset the First Out flag using a raising edge pulse
input only when all inputs come back to NORMAL state.
Provides an alarm once a First Out is detected. If a single input
transitions from NORMAL state, the input that caused the alarm is
identified and its description (INDESC[*]) is used for alarm. In case
of multiple input transitions in a single cycle, the alarm description
is as defined in the MULTIINPTDESC (Multiple Input description
field).

Inputs IN [1..24] - Boolean inputs whose transitions need to be monitored.


The block supports 24 inputs. By default, only eight inputs are
exposed.
RESET - This parameter is used to reset the First Out recordings.

TRANSMON (Transition monitoring) - This parameters enabled by


a user with Engineer access. If FIRSTOUT has already acted,
TRANSMON cannot be enabled. However, if TRANSMON is
enabled before FIRSTOUT acted, it will continue to monitor up to
64,534 cycles and capture the list of inputs that became
ABNORMAL in each cycle.

Outputs FIRSTOUTACTED - This flag is set when there is an input


transition from its configured normal state.
INPUTACTED[1..24] - Indicates whether the corresponding input
has transitioned from NORMAL state.
FIRSTOUTINPUT - This is an enumeration that indicates which
input triggered First Out.
OREDOUT - It is an OR of all NORMAL state inputs and it goes
high if any input goes to ABNORMAL state. It resets when all
inputs come back to NORMAL state.

Parameters FIRSTOUTACTED INALM


FIRSTOUTALM.FL INPUTACTED[*]
FIRSTOUTALM.PR MULTIINPTDESC
FIRSTOUTALM.SV NAME
FIRSTOUTINPUT NORMAL[1..24]
HIALM.PR NUMDINPUTS
HIALM.SV OREDOUT
HIALM.TYPE RESET
IN[*] TRANMONITR
INDESC[*] TRANSCYCLE[1..24]

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 243


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.11. Utility Blocks

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the FIRSTOUT Block.

FLAG block
Description Provides storage for a single two-state value which can be accessed
as a simple Boolean (OFF or ON) value using the PVFL parameter,
or as one of two user-configured state values (for example, Running
and Stopped) through the PV parameter.

Function Used to define two separate states (for example,


Running/Stopped, Off/On) to indicate status of a particular input.
There are 2 user-configurable state descriptors, STATETEXT[0]
and STATETEXT[1] that are used to describe STATE0 and
STATE1 respectively.
Current state of flag can be changed/read using PVFL (Boolean) or
using PV (either STATETEXT[0] or STATETEXT[1]).
Block also supports:

configurable access lock which determines who can write a


value to the block (such as operator, engineer, or other
function block).
an Off-Normal Alarm where one of the flag's states is
configured as the normal state; whenever the flag changes
state, the Off-Normal Alarm is generated.

Inputs/Outputs PVFL is the only exposed block connection, but you can expose other
block parameters through the Configure Block form in Control Builder.

Parameters ACCLOCK OFFNRMALM.PR


DESC OFFNRMALM.SV
EUDESC ORDERINCM
HIALM.PR PV
HIALM.SV PVFL
HIALM.TYPE STATE0
INALM STATE1
NAME STATETEXT[0..1]
NORMAL
OFFNRMALM.FL

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of

244 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.11. Utility Blocks

each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the FLAG Block.

FLAGARRAY block
Description Provides storage for up to 1000 2-state values. The value can be
accessed as a simple Boolean (Off or On) using the PVFL[n]
parameter. Where "n" is the number of the flag.

Function Used to define two separate states (Off/On) to indicate status of a


particular input.
Number of flag values (NFLAG) is user configurable.

Current state of flags can be changed/read using flag value


(PVFL[n]) (Boolean).

Inputs/Outputs Boolean output flags (PVFL[1..1000])

Parameters ACCLOCK PVFL[1..1000]


NAME
NFLAG

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the FLAGARRAY Block.

MESSAGE block
Description Provides up to 16 user configurable messages (MESSAGE[n]) that
can be triggered by a client of the block. Where "n" is the number of
the message. A client can be the output from a Step block in a
Sequential Control Module (SCM).

Function Each message type can be configured (MSGTYPE[0..15]) to be


either:
Information,
Confirmable,
Single Signature*, or
Double Signature*

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 245


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.11. Utility Blocks

* You must have the Electronic Signature system license to use


Single Signature and Double Signature message types.
When a client triggers a given send flag (SENDFL [n]) input, the
corresponding message (MESSAGE[n]) is sent to the Message
and the Event Summary displays in the Station application.
For information) only type (INFO) messages, the client trigger sets
the corresponding SENDFL[n] to True. Since the SENDFL[n] is a
pulse trigger, it is automatically set to False during the next
execution cycle. This means the MESSAGE block is ready to send
the same message again in the next cycle.
For confirmation type (CONFIRM) messages, the client trigger
pulses the corresponding SENDFL[n] to send the MESSAGE[n] to
the Server. The client of the MESSAGE block checks for the
confirmed parameter (CONFIRMED[n]) to be set to True. The
CONFIRMED[n] parameter indicates whether the MESSAGE block
has received a confirmation.
For single signature type (SINGLESIGNATURE) messages, the
client trigger pulses the corresponding SENDFL[n] to send the
MESSAGE[n] to the Server. Once a user acknowledges the
message twice to confirm it through the Message Summary
Display in the Station, a Single Signature user interface appears
for the user to record an electronic signature. The MEANINGPRI[n]
parameter provides an indication for the meaning of the primary
signature. Once the message is acknowledged and signature is
obtained, the Message Summary Display sends a confirmation to
the MESSAGE block that turns on the CONFIRMED[n] parameter
to show that the message has been confirmed.
For double signature type (DOUBLESIGNATURE) messages, the
client trigger pulses the corresponding SENDFL[n] to send the
MESSAGE[n] to the Server. Once a user acknowledges the
message twice to confirm it through the Message Summary
Display in the Station, a Single Signature and Double Signature
user interface appear for the user to record the required electronic
signatures. The MEANINGPRI[n] and MEANINGSEC[n]
parameters provide indications for the meaning of the primary and
secondary signatures, respectively. Once the message is
acknowledged and signatures are obtained, the Message
Summary Display sends a confirmation to the MESSAGE block
that turns on the CONFIRMED[n] parameter to show that the
message has been confirmed. In addition, the MINLVLSECSIG[n]
parameter lets users define the minimum security level required for
a secondary signature.
If the Message block is connected to a block whose output is a

246 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.11. Utility Blocks

Boolean and the Boolean becomes True, the Message block


generates the message every time the Message block executes
until the Boolean output turns False. If the desired behavior is to
generate a one-time message, then the message block should be
driven by a Pulse Output.

Inputs/Outputs Up to 16 inputs (SENDFLAG[0..15]) and 16 outputs


(CONFIRMED[0..15]), depending on the message types configured.

Parameters CONFIRM[0..15] MEANINGSEC[0..15]


CONFIRMED[0..15] MESSAGE[0..15]
DESC MINLVLSECSIG[0..15]
EUDESC MSGTYPE[0..15]
MEANINGPRI[0..15] NAME
ORDERINCM
SENDFL[0..15]

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the MESSAGE Block.

NUMERIC block
Description Provides storage for a floating point value that is accessible through
the PV configuration parameter.

Function Used to store up to 8 bytes of a floating point value within defined


upper and lower limits for use in a control strategy.
Configurable high and low limits are also provided.

Also supports a configurable access lock which determines who


can write a value to the block (such as operator, engineer, or
another function block.).

Inputs/Outputs PV is only exposed block connection, but you can expose other block
parameters through the Configure Block form in Control Builder.

Parameters ACCLOCK PVFORMAT


ORDERINCM PVHILM
PV PVLOLM

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 247


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.11. Utility Blocks

on the NUMERIC Block.

NUMERICARRAY block
Description Provides storage for up to 200 floating point values that are
accessible through the corresponding PV configuration parameter
(PV[n]). Where "n" is the number of the numeric.

Function Use outputs (PV[1..200]) as source parameters to provide predefined


analog constants to other function blocks. A bad numeric output
parameter typically has the value Not-a-Number ( NaN ).

Number of Numeric Values (NNUMERIC) is user configurable.

Inputs/Outputs Up to 200 outputs (PV[1..200]), depending on the number of numeric


values (NNUMERIC) configured.

Parameters ACCLOCK PV[1..200]


NAME PVFORMAT
NNUMERIC

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the NUMERICARRAY Block.

PUSH block
Description The PUSH function block provides store/push capability of different
data types to the output destination.

The block fetches the input value and stores in this cycle to a
destination parameter. The output is stored only if the output store
enable flag (STOREENB) is true. When STOREENB is true, and
store on change (STORONCHGENB) is true, the output is stored
upon change of CM or CEE state, or when the input changes.

Function The PUSH function block supports all the data types supported by the
TypeConvert function block.

Once the first store is successful, the block has features to store only
on change for outputs of BOOLEAN and FLOAT64 data type. This
feature is provided to prevent the unnecessary traffic on the network if
the stores are peer-to-peer.

The function block performs the type conversion and clamping before

248 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.11. Utility Blocks

it pushes the value to the destination. The destinations are


configured either by using parameter connector edit box using point
picker in the control builder or by using wire connections.

Inputs/Outputs If the PUSH block is able to fetch the value, then it is pushed to the
destination.

There are two statuses provided; EXECSTS and STORESTS. These


will give the user indication of the status of fetching input and status of
output store.

If STORONCHGENB is set to ON, the input values are stored to the


destination ONLY when the input is changed. In the case of floating
point number, the value is considered changed only if the absolute
value of the difference between the new value and the last value is
larger than the configured INPUTCHGDB.

BOOLVALUEOFF, BOOLVALUEON and ENUMTOBOOLMAP[0..63]


behave the same as in type convert block.

Parameters BOOLVALUEOFF OUT.BOOLEAN


BOOLVALUEON OUT.ENUM
ENUMBOOLMAP[0..63] OUT.FLOAT32
EXECSTS OUT.FLOAT64
IN.BOOLEAN OUT.INT8
IN.ENUM OUT.INT16
IN.FLOAT32 OUT.INT32
IN.FLOAT64 OUT.SDENUM
IN.INT8 OUT.UINT16
IN.INT16 OUT.UINT32
IN.INT32 PVFL
IN.SDENUM SDENUMTEXT
IN.UINT16 STATE0
IN.UINT32 STATE1
INPUTCHGDB STATETEXT[0..1]
NAME STOREENB
LASTSTORESTS STORESTS
LASTSTORESTSN STORONCHGENB
ORDERINCM THRESHOLD
TRUNCATEOPT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the PUSH Block.

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 249


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.11. Utility Blocks

TEXTARRAY block
Description Provides storage for up to 120 text strings that are accessible through
the corresponding string configuration parameter (STR[n]). Where "n"
is the number of the text string.

Function Provides predefined text (STR[1..120]) strings to other blocks.

Number of string values (NSTRING) is user configurable.

The length of the text strings (STRLEN) is user configurable as 8,


16, 32, or 64 characters.
Supports a maximum size of 960 two-byte characters. The
maximum data combinations that you can configure through
NSTRING and STRLEN values are as follows.
If NSTRING is 15 and STRLEN is 64, then the STR[n] range
is 1 to 15.
If NSTRING is 30 and STRLEN is 32, then the STR[n] range
is 1 to 30.
If NSTRING is 60 and STRLEN is 16, then the STR[n] range
is 1 to 60.
If NSTRING is 120 and STRLEN is 8, then the STR[n] range
is 1 to 120.

Inputs/Outputs Up to 120 output strings (STR[1..120]), depending on the number of


string (NSTRING) and length of string (STRLEN) values configured.

Parameters ACCLOCK ORDERINCM


NAME STR[1..120]
NSTRING STRLEN

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the TEXTARRAY Block.

TIMER block
Description Provides capability to time process events or create known delays.

Function Used to keep track of elapsed time during a process and provides
indication when elapsed time reaches predefined limit.

250 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.11. Utility Blocks

Inputs/Outputs SO is only exposed block connection, but you can expose other
block parameters through the Configure Block form in Control
Builder.
Commands are sent to timer in one of two ways:

By operator using COMMAND parameter.


Through connections to parameters STARTFL, STOPFL,
RESETFL, and RESTARTFL.

Parameters COMMAND SO
NAME SP
ORDERINCM STARTFL
PV STATE
RESETFL STOPFL
RESTARTFL TIMEBASE
RV

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the TIMER Block.

TYPECONVERT block
Description Provides the ability to convert one data type to another for connecting
parameters of different data types.

Function Supports data type conversions for all combinations among the
following major data types.
Boolean
Integer (unsigned/signed 8/16/32-bit integers)
Real (32-bit and 64-bit IEEE floating point numbers)
Enumeration
If data type conversion is not necessary, then none will be
done.
Used to connect one input parameter to one or many output
parameters with different data types. The TYPCONVERT block
reads the input value and only provides the converted output when
the block connected to its output runs.

R110 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference 251


February 2014 Honeywell
3. Reference Data for Functional Block Types
3.11. Utility Blocks

Inputs/Outputs Up to nine inputs and nine outputs. The pins for the four most
common inputs (IN.BOOLEAN, IN.INT32, IN.FLOAT64, IN.ENUM)
and outputs (OUT.BOOLEAN, OUT.INT32, OUT.FLOAT64,
OUT.ENUM) are exposed by default.

Parameters BOOLVALUEOFF ORDERINCM


BOOLVALUEON OUT.BOOLEAN
ENUMBOOLMAP[0..63] OUT.ENUM
EXECSTS OUT.FLOAT32
IN.BOOLEAN OUT.FLOAT64
IN.ENUM OUT.INT8
IN.FLOAT32 OUT.INT16
IN.FLOAT64 OUT.INT32
IN.INT8 OUT.SDENUM
IN.INT16 OUT.UINT8
IN.INT32 OUT.UINT16
IN.SDENUM OUT.UINT32
IN.UINT8 SDENUMTEXT
IN.UINT16 THRESHOLD
IN.UINT32 TRUNCATEOPT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference for definitions of


each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information


on the TYPECONVERT Block.

252 Experion LX Control Builder Components Reference R110


Honeywell February 2014
Honeywell International
Process Solutions
2500 West Union Hills
Phoenix, AZ 85027